stitcherLogoCreated with Sketch.
Get Premium Download App
Listen
Discover
Premium
Shows
Likes

Listen Now

Discover Premium Shows Likes

The Placemaking Podcast

66 Episodes

75 minutes | Apr 22, 2022
The Year of Building Optimism Project & Equitable Development with Coby Lefkowitz – Ep. 66
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram The Year of Building Optimism Project & Equitable Development with Coby Lefkowitz – Ep. 66 About the Guest We can’t wait to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show we have Coby Lefkowitz. Coby is the co-founder and CEO of Backyard, an innovative real estate brand & operator that designs, develops, and manages multifamily housing in the country's most dynamic walkable neighborhoods. By leveraging exceptional design language and tech-enabled property management, the Backyard platform is transforming the way people live in, and experience, the communities around them. Coby is also a leading writer in the worlds of urban planning and real estate development, with a focus on exploring how to create more resilient, walkable, dynamic, and people-oriented communities. A graduate of the University of Virginia, Coby holds a Bachelor of Science in Urban and Environmental Planning, and a certificate from the McIntire School of Commerce. In this episode, we learned about the true meaning of “equitable development” and how it can be utilized in practice. We discussed the most important attributes of a successful development project. Last, but not least, we discussed his Year of Building Optimism project and greatest lessons learned from it! There is tons of great information in this episode! I hope you enjoy! As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. So without further ado, let’s start the show! To Learn More About Coby Lefkowitz and Backyard, Check out the Following Websites: LinkedIn - Coby Lefkowitz Twitter - Coby Lefkowitz Medium - Coby Lefkowitz Recommended Reading Section Join thousands of people Did you love this episode? Let us know by rating and review our show on Apple Podcasts. It’s real easy - simply click the link below, scroll to the bottom of the page, and select “Write a Review”. Let us know what you liked best about the episode, and what others can expect when they listen to our show. While you’re at it, consider subscribing to the Placemaking Podcast. When you subscribe, you can guarantee you never miss a conversation with one of our renowned public servants, architects, and esteemed developers. Subscribe now! Subscribe now The Weekly Real Estate Development Workshop Receive the latest news Subscribe To Our Weekly Updates Find Us Here Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin-in Youtube The Placemaking Podcast All Rights Reserved © 2020
48 minutes | Apr 8, 2022
From Veterinarian to Public Servant, Managing Growth in a Rapidly Growing Metroplex with Darrell O’Quinn – Ep. 65
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram From Veterinarian to Public Servant, Managing Growth in a Rapidly Growing Metroplex with Darrell O'Quinn - Ep. 65About the GuestWe can’t wait to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show we have Darrel O’Quinn, City Counselor of District 5 in Birmingham, Alabama. Darrell O’Quinn represents District 5 on the Birmingham City Council. Councilor O'Quinn is the Chair of the Transportation Committee, and a member of the Economic Development & Tourism, Education, and Utilities & Technology Committees. Darrell has a long history of civic leadership. He served as president and vice president of the Crestwood Neighborhood Association from 2008-2017. During this time, Darrell joined the Birmingham Comprehensive Plan Implementation Committee (2014), became a member of Leadership Birmingham (2015), and was elected for president of the Citizens Advisory Board (2015-2017).In this episode, we learned about Darrell’s motivation for serving in the Public Sector. We discussed ways that the public sector and private sector can work more closely together to solve big-picture societal problems. Finally, we discussed the ways that Birmingham is looking at growing responsibly over the coming years! There is tons of great information in this episode! I hope you enjoy!As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. So without further ado, let’s start the show! To Learn More About Darrell O'Quinn and Birmingham, Alabama, Check out the Following Websites:LinkedIn - Darrell O'QuinnDistrict 5 Website - Darrell O'QuinnBirmingham, Alabama Website Recommended Reading Section P.S. We spend (a lot) of time, sweat, tears, and money creating each episode of The Placemaking Podcast. We do this without the support of sponsors as we want to keep the advertisements out of the picture and provide an add-free listening experience. YOUR support ensures we can keep delivering these discussions ad-free!If you feel compelled to donate to the show (and receive some cool bonuses...) you can check out my Patron Page. The Weekly Real Estate Development Workshop Receive the latest news Subscribe To Our Weekly Updates Find Us Here Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin-in Youtube The Placemaking Podcast All Rights Reserved © 2020
69 minutes | Mar 30, 2022
Improving Construction Projects, People, & Profits with Blockchain Tech with Robert J. Salvador – Ep. 64
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Improving Construction Projects, Profits, & People through the Use of Blockchain Tech with Robert J. Salvador – Ep. 64 About the Guest Can’t wait to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Robert J. Salvador, CEO of Digibuild Software. Rob is the visionary driving force behind DigiBuild, an experienced builder, project manager and construction technologist. Since the age of 10, Rob has witnessed what it was like, firsthand for his Dad struggling to run his construction company. Rob eventually started his own construction company and those experiences and the lack of change over that timespan led to his mission of creating a better way to operate construction projects and the construction community. Rob’s passion and previous cryptocurrency startup experience is what led to him becoming a blockchain expert. In 2017 he had his ‘aha moment’ and the idea of 'how to' apply blockchain to construction took form and DigiBuild was born. In this episode, we learned about Rob’s past experience in the construction industry and how his passion for helping businesses and people grew into what is now Digibuild. We discussed the key benifts of blockchain technology and how it can be utilized in construction. Finally, we discussed how owner’s and developer’s can benefit by utilizing blockchain to build an owner’s manual of sorts for their project! There is tons of great information in this episode! I hope you enjoy! As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. So without further ado, let’s start the show! To Learn More About Rob Salvador and Digibuild Software, Check out the Following Websites: LinkedIn - Robert J. Salvador LinkedIn - Digibuild Software Digibuild Website Twitter - Robert J. Salvador Recommended Reading Section P.S. We spend (a lot) of time, sweat, tears, and money creating each episode of The Placemaking Podcast. We do this without the support of sponsors as we want to keep the advertisements out of the picture and provide an add-free listening experience. YOUR support ensures we can keep delivering these discussions ad-free! If you feel compelled to donate to the show (and receive some cool bonuses...) you can check out my Patron Page. The Weekly Real Estate Development Workshop Receive the latest news Subscribe To Our Weekly Updates Find Us Here Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin-in Youtube The Placemaking Podcast All Rights Reserved © 2020
46 minutes | Mar 23, 2022
Engineering a Path to Placemaking in the Built Environment with Matthew Loos – Ep. 63
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Engineering a Path to Placemaking in the Built Environment with Matthew Loos - Ep. 63About the GuestMatthew K. Loos, P.E. graduated from the University of Arkansas with a Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering with a minor in General Business. He has worked in the civil engineering consulting field since 2012. He specializes in commercial real estate development throughout the Southeastern United States. His projects include, but are not limited to multi-family residential, retail, campus, and office developments. As a business minor at the Sam M. Walton College of Business at the U of A, Loos was given a unique taste of the vast landscape of business. This interest in business strategies has only increased since his graduation and was a driving force behind the writing of his book “The Business of Engineering” as well as this Podcast. Matt has always been curious about what makes for successful developments and has been driven to search for these answers from others in the industry. The candid discussions shared on this show are meant to inform and inspire others looking to make big impacts in their surrounding communities. To Learn More About Matthew Loos, Check out the Following Websites:LinkedIn - Matthew LoosTwitter - Matthew LoosTwitter - Placemaking Podcast Recommended Reading Section P.S. We spend (a lot) of time, sweat, tears, and money creating each episode of The Placemaking Podcast. We do this without the support of sponsors as we want to keep the advertisements out of the picture and provide an add-free listening experience. YOUR support ensures we can keep delivering these discussions ad-free!If you feel compelled to donate to the show (and receive some cool bonuses...) you can check out my Patron Page. The Weekly Real Estate Development Workshop Receive the latest news Subscribe To Our Weekly Updates Find Us Here Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin-in Youtube The Placemaking Podcast All Rights Reserved © 2020
49 minutes | Feb 11, 2022
Building a Brewery, Timeless Architecture, and Suburban Sprawl with Mark Seibold – Ep. 62
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Building a Brewery, Timeless Architecture, and Suburban Sprawl with Mark Seibold Hello and welcome to Episode #62 of the Placemaking Podcast! Can’t wait to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Mark Seibold. Mark is an architect, city planner and serial entrepreneur. With extensive experience in design and construction, Mark has worked in a variety of industries with a close relationship to the built environment. Mark and his team launched Ethos – a Public Benefit Development Corporation in 2021 pursuing healthy and walkable ground up multi-family and adaptive reuse development projects. Mark received his BArch from Oklahoma State University in 2001, architecture licensure in 2005, and AICP certification in 2011.  ​In this episode, we learned about Mark’s past experience from architect, to brew master, to developer and everything in between. We discussed the philosophy of City Planning presently, suburban sprawl, and the psychology behind urban growth patterns. At the end of the show, we revealed some big news on the show moving forward. Be sure to listen tell the end! There is tons of great information in this episode! I hope you enjoy! As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. So without further ado, let’s start the show! To Learn More About Mark Seibold and the Ethos, Check out the Following Websites: LinkedIn – Mark Seibold Twitter – Mark Seibold Instagram – Mark Seibold Recommended Reading Section P.S. We spend (a lot) of time, sweat, tears, and money creating each episode of The Placemaking Podcast. We do this without the support of sponsors as we want to keep the advertisements out of the picture and provide an add-free listening experience. YOUR support ensures we can keep delivering these discussions ad-free!If you feel compelled to donate to the show (and receive some cool bonuses…) you can check out my Patron Page. The Weekly Real Estate Development Workshop Receive the latest news Subscribe To Our Weekly Updates Find Us Here Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin-in Youtube The Placemaking Podcast All Rights Reserved © 2020
61 minutes | Jan 19, 2022
Utilizing Augmented Reality As A Tool For Creative Placemaking with Ben Switzer – Ep. 61
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Utilizing Augmented Reality as a Tool for Creative Placemaking  with Ben Switzer – Ep. 61 About the Guest Can’t wait to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Ben Switzer, Co-Founder and CGO of EXAR Studios. After working in sales consulting in the medical field, Ben created the first flexible cognitive enhancement program in Canada. His city-wide engagement toward innovation in mental health led to his coordination of multi-disciplinary teams to develop gamified neurotechnology. His experience with AR and the solutions it can provide propelled him to become Co-Founder and Chief Growth Officer of EXAR Studios. In this episode, we learn about the role of Augmented Reality (AR) in placemaking specifically, the science behind AR, special uses in which EXAR studios has provided a solution during this time of social distancing and limited travel, and the future of AR at least as it relates to the travel and tourist industry. There is tons of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Ben for taking the time out of her very busy schedule to discuss this topic of Utilizing AR As A Tool For Creative Placemaking with me. As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. So without further ado, let’s start the show! Show Notes Matt (00:00): Hey, welcome to show Ben. Ben (00:02): Really glad to be here. Matt (00:04): Glad to have you on here. This is this is a topic that I’m pretty interested in and to be honest, I wish I knew more about, so this is great to have you on the show just to begin with let’s, let’s go over kind of your background, Ben, and then we’ll transition to where you’re at EXAR and, and go from there. Ben (00:25): Sounds great. Yeah, I have a, a bit of an interesting backstory. It’s one of those cases where I became an entrepreneur because I had problems in my life that I had to address and there weren’t really existing solutions for my particular problem. And my interest began actually in mental health. I had a brain injury and as a young person in my twenties, I was diagnosed with PTs D and I really struggled throughout my teens as well. <Affirmative> and, you know, I, I’m kind of at that like perfect millennial age where you know, I remember I experienced depression in high school, but I had never heard the word depression at that point. Sure. So, at that time, I didn’t have any frame of reference for the sensations and feelings that were happening to me at that time. And things had kind of changed a little bit, which I’m really glad about in terms of stigma and the conversation opening up mm-hmm <affirmative>. Ben (01:26): So I became very interested in psychology and neuroscience as I was having these problems and interfacing with the medical system and going through psychiatric and all that stuff, wasn’t really working for me to the same extent. And so I had to make some adjustments. So I actually started, excuse me, one sec, no problem. In the, in the neuro rehabilitation space. And I was looking at different technologies that people were using to enhance their brain function or to deal with stroke or other neurodegenerative diseases. So I was looking at everything from, you know, and I was shocking my brain with electricity. I was meditating for long periods, taking all kinds of supplements, and I put this all together in a program and applied it to my own life and my own problem. And I was able to have success and restore my function so I could be healthy. Ben (02:26): I wow. And, and it was, that was kind of what sparked the entrepreneurial journey. And I, I started offering services to people who had similar issues, brain injuries, or ADHD. I was working with a lot of kids and it was around that time that I kind of had this epiphany, that games and interactive media could be this connecting point for us to learn things in a new way, and also to engage with education in a way that’s playful and experiential. And there’s something. And I hope that we’ll, this will dovetail into this discussion of like why augmented reality or why virtual reality is a better paradigm for gameplay, but also for things like learning for things like travel and tourism replace making. And so I started from this perspective of, we could take mental health and education and put it within this. You can think of it as a delivery mechanism. Ben (03:24): Mm-Hmm, <affirmative> like, it’s not a P it’s not a pill, but it’s delivering the treatment within a sh like a spoonful of sugar, so to speak. And in particular for kids, like, you know, I was working with, with, you know, to give you an example, a teeny age boy with severe inattentive ADHD, who only wants to play call of duty <laugh> and not do anything else. Sounds like most kids at 16. Right, right. <Laugh> so convincing that young man to take time out of his day to do nothing like to practice the art of doing nothing and meditating was very challenging. So you have, have to kind of put this context around the learning that they, that they can engage with and appreciate because it immerses them and engages them. So I was doing like Dungeons and dragons, like paper, paper, and pen role play, where their meditation was like leveling up their character and like really simple stuff like that. Ben (04:18): Mm-Hmm <affirmative>, and it kind of sparked this realized that, oh, there’s something here and seeing the results with one kid, I thought, well, what if we could scale this up? And that was when I became really involved in, in technology and in, and especially in game design and things like that. And, you know, a couple leapfrogs down the road, I became the co-founder of my company, EXAR studios, and we had this really interesting starting point of now, we were a venue actually on a main street in London, Ontario, Canada, where we would provide VR entertainment services. People come, people come in, they, we had craft VR. We were like a performance device that DJs would come in, all, all the LEDs synced up to the music, like beautiful artwork that, that people had painted. And it was like this really cyberpunk community that we built all around. Ben (05:11): Like the different ways that technology can transport you in your experience, whether you’re like killing zombies, which is, I guess, a more mainstream use case VR. But we also had like an artist in residence program where people where we’d bring young people who don’t have access to this technology in to create within VR doing things like 3d painting. Oh, wow. You know, and that led to really interesting projects, you know, that are, that are still evolving. So for instance, we worked on a piece called the isle of island, which is one over a dozen international awards that through film festivals includes can international film festival to do a VR music video where we painted this entire world in VR and then filmed it as associated with this whole album is, is a conceptual island that you explore through this artistic sort of creation, but also the AR the way that it is seen from a Sy cinema to graphic per was very unique. Ben (06:18): Cause it’s all filmed in VR. So as you’re moving the, your perspective, it’s like the camera is moving. And so it’s really interesting art form. And we were experimenting with the technology at that time and seeing kind of what are the limitations to this medium, but how does this take different forms of expression, different forms of learning and different forms of, you know, even things like city planning and things like that. How do these new technologies change the way that we interact with that? And that led to some really interesting projects around aging too. So this is, this is interesting because it was an unintended consequence, but we started working in long term care and in retirement. So we were providing virtual reality as a service for people who were in cognitive decline, who couldn’t travel. So you think about being in a long term care home, and maybe you had, maybe you led a life of travel all over the world. Ben (07:19): Well, maybe you can never see those places ever again, really mm-hmm <affirmative>, but we made it possible to transport people to those places. So, you know, using like Google earth VR, we would bring these older adults right back to where they had been there in the past, or exploring a place, a place they’d never been. And the results on their mood, on their cognition, on their socialization were extremely profound. And the things that we witnessed in the, through the execution of that program were miraculous to see someone who was just like, almost like catatonic become awakened <affirmative>. And for everyone around to be like, holy Mo, that person hasn’t spoken in over a year. And now they’re talking about how they used to live in Hawaii and how they like had this love, like all this stuff. And it was kind of, I think that was the first moment when we really realized that we were onto something that the technology could take an it’s life experience of travel and tourism and reinvent it for that person in a way that was somehow the old experience and a completely new experience kind of fused in one. Ben (08:35): And so that’s, I know this is a lot of backstory. No, this is great, but this kind of brings us to COVID. So when COVID hit we had already been experimenting, like we were designing games full on game design in VR for fall prevention and things like that. Really like biomedical perspective for older adults and COVID hit, and we kind of had this epiphany, that augmented reality. So without the goggles just using smartphone, it was like the perfect time for AR to come into tourism. And placemaking because everybody’s afraid to go outside. People can move from city to city, no more international travelers. So all of a sudden everybody’s got to be a tourist in their own backyard, and they’ve got to, like, all their entertainment is either gonna be sitting at home watching Netflix or, and then we had to fill in what that, or could be because there were so few options. Ben (09:34): And so we partnered up with a bunch of local organizations like the destination marketing the downtown business improvement district, as well as museums, cultural institutions, community organizations, kind of like everybody banded together say, Hey, what can we create that is authentically London. So where, which is where we’re from, that will engage, not just the future of international travelers when things open up again, but also the people who live in the city who walk by all of these secret stories every day, and don’t know that there’s actually an incredibly important expression, artistic and expression or cultural expression right. Nearby them. And they can experience it by being inside of it. Matt (10:24): That’s awesome. That’s awesome. I got, I got some goosebumps when we started talking about you know, being a, an older person being, not able to travel anymore and, and, and how that was opening him up, because I mean, honestly, I would, I would be the same way if I wasn’t, you know, able to travel and, and was being stuck. And, and, and then to have that idea to switch and kind of pivot what you were planning on doing and, and cater to those people that are, have that same issue due to circumstances now with, with the, the current pandemic. But that was, that was ingenious. So essentially you you’re providing it, it sounds like you’re taking existing places and providing some historical context behind those, those different places and make it almost a, a new tourist attraction. I mean, like it was existing. It has all this history, maybe it’s an existing building that maybe the history’s been forgotten or it’s, it’s just been neglected and, and basically bringing new life to it is, is what it sounds like. Ben (11:47): That’s an interesting way to put it. And I like that you began with the word context because the biggest promise of augmented reality is to enhance context. So you’re standing in a spot and you’re trying to understand what are all the lenses through, which I can experience a place. And historical is certainly one of the expressions that we’ve often capture in our projects, but sometimes we CA we characterize it as the past present and future of a city. So we might be talking about its historical origins. We might also be talking about showcasing local artists. So oftentimes, and I’ll give you an example. So we recently launched a project in Ottawa working with bank street, they’re a business improvement area there. They’re kind of like right in the downtown. They lead right up to the parliament, building lots, lots of small businesses. Ben (12:44): It’s like a really long strip and a ton of mural arts ton of graffiti arts that have all of these bureau beautiful murals. And so we worked with the BIA to create a tour. So using this, the smartphone, it kind of guides you to different locations. And then at those locations, there’s like an audio story where it’s telling you about the significance of that piece. It’s meaning the inspiration for the piece, et cetera. And then a few select pieces were actually animated 3d. So there’s one, for example, that’s like it’s almost like an under the C scene. There’s like these tentacles, but then if you point your phone up to it, the tentacles, like come outta the wall and start to like go all like crazy. It’s really, really, really cool. It’s the most popular experience. We’ve also done things like side scrolling, mini games where like a character is like jumping over obstacles. Ben (13:37): And so like each different mural is a different experience, different gamification different design. And so it created this whole adventure within Ottawa, and it was all focused on art. And what was cool too, was, you know, will you collaborate directly with the artists that make, and so it fosters these local connections and partnerships too, that provide legacy for more lasting value. But then there’s also this really interesting concept of the future, which is, you know, within this medium, we can express what the future of the city might look like, you know, flying cars, green walls you know, what would it look to have all solar panels and connected infrastructure? So a lot of this talk of smart cities is now emerging and becoming a huge priority. The G 20 in Europe, it’s becoming huge too, which is what’s the future of how we want to live together. Ben (14:34): And I’d say the biggest, and I’m going, I know I’m going off the beaten path. No, that’s fine. The biggest criticism of smart cities right now is that it’s not very inclusive. So it’s very ivory tower. It’s like big, huge telecommunications companies and Google and sidewalk labs and all this stuff. They come in and they kind of prescribe what the future of the city could be. But I actually think, and we think that the future of the city is collaboratively designed so that we as citizens or the quote average person, should be able to participate paid in that dis decision making process. And like, what are the criteria for the future of my community and give those criteria to our policy makers and the people running the city and the tech companies should all have that data. But what we would love to see is like, what, if you could see what that looks like, and then provide your feedback to the city through AR. Ben (15:31): And so that kind of describes the whole continuum of, of states of time that we represent inside this medium, there’s kind of three different perspectives that I think I, I can talk about, like, why is it that people are interested in AR I think the first thing is the three dimensionality <affirmative>. And I think it’s like, it’s naive to say that 3d is just better than 2d, but that there are actually deep reasons why when we engage with a 3d world, we relate to it differently. Some of it is a neuroscientific reason. So this is really interesting. Okay. Check this out. When you look at a 2d image, your brain processes, that image in terms of relating it to a number of different contexts in your mind. So for example, if you showed me a 2d picture of like a candle, like I hear I have a candle I might think, oh, that candle might smell like vanilla. Ben (16:32): I’m gonna light a candle later tonight. I have all of these maps of association to the object, but nowhere in my brain does my motor cortex say, grab that candle and interact with it because it recognizes it as two dimensional. And so I am disengaged in my body to the image on the screen mm-hmm <affirmative>, but when you make that image 3d, and they’ve actually proved this in brain scans, when you make the image 3d, the brain says grasp interact. So there is something in the 3d that compels us to act that compels us to connect with the space that we’re seeing in front of us. So the first thing is, is a, is a part of our nature in the sense that like, even the zoom call that we’re on are like shadows on the cave wall. They it’s to the brain. Ben (17:26): It’s an illusion because my brain doesn’t say hug, <laugh> it doesn’t say like, interact with people, right? Like touch and body language are like part of that, that thing that makes us feel connected to other people and also with objects makes us feel connected to the physical world. And that’s so important. And placemaking, so the second piece is that interactive piece. And I want to use an anecdote to explain this. So imagine you’re standing in front of the heritage building currently, the best way to interact with the history of that building is a plaque. So you might have a like a, a metal plaque that says the history of that that building, let’s say a lot of people these days walk right by those flags. They don’t necessarily read them. And part of the reason I think is that they’re not interactive. Ben (18:23): So when it comes to a story it’s hard for us to feel like we belong to the story if we’re not able to interact with it. And if you, if you look at a lot of now, this ties into the education piece. If you look at a lot of the modernizations happening in education right now, a lot of it has to do with experiential learning mm-hmm <affirmative> or place based learning, where you get to do things with your hands, you get to have an experience. There’s a feedback. And that’s what I think that’s the missing piece is that when we create a historical experience, there’s an me there’s a layer of feedback so that you’re taking an action and there’s a reaction. And then that cycle draws you in deeper and deeper. So now you’re able to have an emotional connection, not just an informational connection of like, alright, I know, I know that you year this building was erected, which is maybe cool, but for a lot of young people, especially, they’re going to forget that fact, like three minutes later, possibly sooner. Ben (19:19): <Laugh> like two seconds. Yeah. Yeah. And to give you an example, like we have a national historic site here in London, it’s called the Baning house. Hey, Baning house is the birthplace of insulin. That’s where diabetes was discovered. And what we did working with the banding house was to recreate that moment of discovery. So not say, oh, this is the year that insulin was discovered, factoid, factoid, factoid. It’s actually a 3d room of like his bedroom, that when you walk into this portal, the whole short story, which is like, which is really like a short film begins and it’s in 3d all around you. So like he’s talking in the statue, well, you can walk around behind him, see all around the front and side of him. You can see everything in his room, like little objects like on his night table, a picture of his wife and all this stuff. Ben (20:15): It’s like these amazing little details that lend in motion to it. And we were able to bring that experience outside during COVID when no one could see it. And here’s another mind-blowing thing about that too, was that bedroom, which is on the second floor of this house is not wheelchair accessible. So it’s never been seen by someone with those mobility impairments before and now we’ve made it. So it is accessible. So this is little simple things like that around accessibility interactivity context that we can add in with the technology that makes that story. Oh, actually this story is now something I care about. And, you know, I think I like to think about like this. So I studied history, the university, and I was really interested in you know, the Greek fables. And I was interested in like the home Meric, epics, like the, I, the Odyssey and I was a nerd. Ben (21:14): Right. <laugh> and I love that stuff. Like that’s, for me, like, that’s my, a niche for me, but there’s nothing quite like the watching the movie Troy and like seeing Brad pits, you know, slicing people up. It’s a totally different experience. It takes this story, which is super old and maybe inaccessible to a lot of people who aren’t scholars and it’s taken in and presented it within a medium that’s engaging. I think that’s what, it’s, what it’s all about is like, this is a medium like television or like radio or like print or, or painted canvas. And it’s, we’re asking the question, what art belongs within this medium. And I think placemaking is a, is to a large degree. The answer to that question, because AR is all about, is the story in the place where it belongs. Hmm. And for a lot of tourism organizations who want to see their stories, their local stories as cultural capital, which is to say like, this story belongs to us. If you want to experience this story authentically, you should be here and buy a pint and some chicken wings and go check out this like local vintage clothing retailer while you’re here. Like that’s where the technology fits perfectly. And that’s what we found when we, when we pivoted. Matt (22:39): Very cool. Very cool. I checked out, I’m gonna have to visit London at some point to check it out in person, but sell the video of, of this house and, and everything. Just, you know, like you said, it makes it almost real. I mean, it’s, it’s not quite tangible, but you know, you, you feel like you can go out and grab that candlestick or, you know. You can actually go up and tell to you know, the, the characters in the scene and it’s insane. And just to think if we had that in school, <laugh> some of this stuff might have, might have stuck with us, like certain dates and you know, the, the events that happened in history. So and I like how, how that you’re saying, that’s not the only use for this. You know, it, it is just reframing things for different people and it could take the place of, you know, either present past or future, depending on basically the medium that you want to portray to people. And I, you know, I wish I understood more about some of its uses because I feel like, you know, you guys are just at the tip of the iceberg, like this could, this could really, you know, even be used for, for even more things in the future. I, I know you guys are looking at it, so <laugh> Ben (24:15): Well, we’ve found some, a lot of different, interesting use cases. And I can share, I can share a couple that are, and this is what’s so far fascinating too though. Cause we’re in this tourism and placemaking space mm-hmm <affirmative> and every time I think that we’re diverging into some other use case that doesn’t belong to those core things, I realize that most everything belongs to those core things just brings it back. Yeah. Yeah. Cause you think about like, so here’s an example. So we’re developing a simulation for Marine biology education and this is for master’s level environmental science and it’s like this giant basking shark. And they’re like, I don’t know if you’ve ever seen it. They’re terrifying. <Laugh> they have like huge mouths, very scary, but they’re actually in danger. So maybe if they were cuter, they’d be in better health. Ben (25:07): Right. Like, like PDA have received that benefit sure. Of, of care taking from us. But anyway, so we’re developing this with a Western university with the goal to take a proportion of the class. Like it’s the module around those learning outcomes and replace it with an AR experience. So as the students are going through and having it, they’re achieving the outcomes of the lesson from within the simulation and getting their like credit or whatever. Wow. So it’s like no more textbook, no more lecture. You just go into the matrix and you have this experience, you of it. And then we know whether you learned or you didn’t learn based on that interaction. And so there’s this interesting education and sustainability piece, but now there’s this really important emphasis on sustainable tourism, regenerative tour tourism over tourism, that when we go to a place we want to engage with bit authentically and see our impact on the climate around us. Ben (26:12): Like the fact that you took a jet to get there, or the fact that you might choose or not choose the litter while you’re there, while through creating these connections between the audience like visitors and the ecology of that place, we’re actually promoting type of culture, a visitor that those destinations want to attract. Cuz they’re now a lot of places, especially in Europe are not thinking, how do we attract tourists? It’s about how do we attract the right tourists for us because they have a huge problem of over tourism mm-hmm <affirmative>. And so that education piece is so important. There’s one example of kind of, we went out and it just curves right back into tourism. So interesting. Okay. One more. I’m gonna do one more. Okay. So this is one of my favorites because as I mentioned, I come from the mental health space and that’s a personal, personal passion of mine still. Ben (27:06): So this project, what we’re doing is we’re applying augmented reality in order to teach people meditation. So how it works is we use the heart rate of the user to drive the evolution of a visual experience. So it’ll change over time and improve your ability to control your own nervous system through your relationship, to the experience. And so the example I can give is like a tree that is like there, but then as your like heart is going into the right zone, then the tree will start to emit all of these beautiful butterflies in more and more quantity until you’re at the exact zone. And so just by looking at this thing, it’s actually teaching you how to change your own nervous system’s behavior internally and through bio a feedback. Wow, it’s really cool project all around student mental health and like smart, smart campuses. Ben (28:10): But again, it’s one of those things of like, well, wouldn’t that be cool at like a nature retreat or a spa where you’re in interacting where you’re connecting your hearts to a culturally authentic artistic experience that is specific to that place. Like that makes that he, you can have a healing journey as part of your tourism experience. And a lot of people, they go on vacation, because they’re stressed. They go on their vacation to try to find balance, to try to remember what’s important to them. So a lot of the, in a lot of ways tourism is wellness for many people. So it’s, again, we, we find ourselves recur rec curving back into tourism, even though we’re talking about mental health or sustainability or mobility or all of these, or even autonomous vehicles and all of this future stuff is not talked about in smart cities in terms of tourism. It is in terms of tourism at the end of the day, because now also locals are tourists, which was a huge change during COVID. Right. So thinking about residents as the people who we need to curate towards, Matt (29:18): Right. And you touched on it too, as one of my kind of questions, internal questions was, well, yeah, this, you know, you, you, you found a, a specific case for people that, you know, can no longer travel, but really it’s, it’s kind of morphed into, even while you’re traveling, it provides, you know, even in these new spaces you get to experience you know, whatever. And this kind of brought me up to another thought. So do you work? Who do you work with? Mostly, I guess who is your who’s your client in most cases? Ben (29:59): So our clients most consistently are tourism, destination, marketing organizations, business improvement districts, and then economic development authorities and then museums. Okay. So I, I want to keep it to those four, because what’s interesting is whenever you come into a community to tell stories, turns out those stories are shared by a lot of different groups. Mm-Hmm <affirmative> so sometimes it’s like a, a black heritage society, a nonprofit that we’re actually working with, but then that nonprofit is sort of fulfilling a need to do cultural storytelling for the tourism folks. And they kind of jump in and support and has this interesting network effect. Like once we tell one story, then a lot of other people in the community say, well, what about my story? And there’s always room for more, but it’s just about building those partnerships and getting everybody to play nice and agree that it’s, that it’s going to be a benefit to the whole community, but primarily economic development, tourism improvement, and occasionally, occasionally the municipality itself. Ben (31:08): Okay. But that, that can be a complex pro complex process because they don’t, it’s one of those things that’s like, they don’t know what they need in terms of this technology it’s too early. So they don’t. So we don’t see that many tenders or RFPs come out like, oh, we’re looking for like a holographic tourism upgrade to our whole city. Right. that’s like a new concept for many, but I will say I saw the first tender come out for asking for something like this in a UK town. Oh really? That’s right. So what was the Matt (31:42): Can I ask this question? What, what were they looking for? Just curious. Ben (31:46): I, I don’t know that I can share those details. Right. But all I can say is that they’re looking to engage people to local stories in the form of a tour with augmented reality. So it was weird seeing an RFP come out, describing exactly our product as though we were going to build something new. And there’s no previous connection at all between us, which is the, this there’s this interesting phenomena and it’s in business for sure. But in scientific discovery as well, where it was like the discovery of calculus is my favorite example. You’ve got lead over here on this side of the world and you’ve got Isaac Newton over here and they’re both discovering calculus at the exact same time, kind of like racing each other a little bit. And so I feel like there is this non-local connection of the whole world is waking up to this realization of, oh, there’s a whole holographic future. That’s coming, you know, Facebook and meta, oh, they’re talking about it Snapchat and Niantic, all these companies, they realize this, you know, that we’re all going to be wearing glasses you know, in the next 10 years that have all of the holograms showing us everything about the world around us. Mm-Hmm, <affirmative>, Matt (33:03): It’s interesting because the whole idea of AR is I wouldn’t say it’s new, but it seems like it’s taken a while for, for people to really adopt the idea of, of integrating AR in. And I’m just curious, what, what do you think was that hesitancy to, or was it a, a technological breakthrough that kind of made it slower to adopt or Ben (33:31): Yeah, perception? Definitely. Definitely. It was, I would say it’s a combination of there a lot of legacy systems that didn’t understand the value and importance of adopting. And then COVID was like paddles to the chest zap like time to wake up. That was a huge catalyst, but then the other was technological. So like for example, we’ve had a number of clients tell us that they’ve explored AR in the past, but the quality was so bad <laugh> that they couldn’t possibly invest and think it was a good idea, right. That presented some challenges for us actually in the, in this beginning because like, oh, we’ve seen AR and it’s, it’s pretty much garbage, but then we show them what we did. And they’re like, this is not the same at what we’ve experienced. Cause what they’re used to is 2d thing that changes their moves. Ben (34:26): They’ve got doggy ears on your head. <Laugh> if you sparkles on your cheeks, like that’s all good fun for, you know, the twins, but like that’s not, that’s not a groundbreaking tourism attraction. Like you can’t, that’s not the level of quality required to satisfy the user experience, the audience. And so it’s only really been in the last maybe two years that it’s been possible to do this stuff where it’s not just like a 2d image, that’s slightly changing. It’s like you’re in a simulation walking around. It’s like 20 paces by 20 paces, big like things are moving where you look changes. Like, and it’s crazy too, because we turned the phone almost into like a little Xbox mm-hmm <affirmative> cause the phone is super powerful now. So the hardware was, was slow. Didn’t evolve to the point that it needed to until recently. And the software was the same thing. So once those two barriers can come down, you start to see the content improve exponentially and that’s kind of where we’re positioned right now. Matt (35:34): Yeah. And, and phones are a lot more accessible <laugh> or at least, you know you were talking about the headsets and the and whatnot before now, if you can just do it with your phone I mean everybody’s got a phone that can, can do most of what you’re saying already. Yeah. And so it’s much more accessible. And so your point about, you know, not catching up yet are, you know, slow to catch up on, on the necessary hardware and software it’s people have seen how fast video games have gone from the, the simplest of simple games to you. You feel like you’re in the, you know, you’re shooting zombies or you’re, you’re playing football on the screen. The graphics are so amazing that AR just wasn’t there. So I think people had that expectation of, you know, I’m going to be in a video game, you know, I’m going to, you know, face to face with these people that honestly it looks like it looks like real life now. It’s, it’s crazy how much the technology has changed. Ben (36:51): It is amazing. And you see it in, you see it in virtual reality in virtual reality, if you go into a really high quality headset that visuals are insane. For augmented reality, I think one of the biggest steps that we found that was important was downscaling actually so you don’t have to have the most recent iPhone to use, to view the experience. We’re able to dynamically adjust the experience. So any phone can be used, which was an like, and it’s those little details, those little like incremental breakthroughs that make it so that it is accessible. Mm-Hmm <affirmative> because we also recognize like not, not everyone can afford the most expensive smartphone and it shouldn’t be that they have a worse experience because of that. It’s especially important if we’re going, if we’re going to be targeting a mass market, right? Matt (37:46): Yeah. Let’s transition here a little bit to place making, because I think you said it, it does have a lot to do with equity and providing the inclusion for all to, to experience. So in, in your own terms, what, what would you describe placemaking as Ben (38:09): That’s a really good question. I would describe placemaking. I mean, there’s two perspectives, I guess. One is the perspective of the person who’s in the place. So I would describe placemaking as the experience of place. So that’s the emotional, social, psychological it’s the aesthetic, the built environment. Mm-Hmm, <affirmative>, it’s the sense of flow in movement and it’s the culture. So that’s all very experiential from the perspective of maybe someone who lives in a place or if they’re visiting a place. And then from the other side, it’s place making as the, as the craft, which is the facilitation of all those feelings and sensations to a person through organizational design, I guess. So you create an organization that enacts placemaking through partnerships through fundraising, you know, business improvement areas due to through a levee, right? So they take money from all the individual businesses and then they hire people to clean up the streets or they, or the, a beautiful urban design furniture. Ben (39:18): That’s like cool that people can sit on and they hire like live musicians. And so they’re curating a certain feeling through their activities. And then the, you know, I think that, I think, you know, one of the ways I like to think about place making is not just building institutions, but the relationships between institutions as well. And this is something I’ve heard a lot about since COVID has hit, especially the relationship between tourism and all of the local organizations, because the tourism, destination marketing organizations originally were thinking I’ve been, got a market to like Japanese tourists, or I’ve got a market to the German tourists and convince them that you know, London, Ontario is an amazing place to be and it’s, but then it became, well, I’ve got to convince people who would live in London, that London is an amazing place to be. And so for a tourism organization, that’s not usually what they do necessarily. Ben (40:15): It’s not their main focus, certainly <affirmative>. And so all of a sudden they’re going, oh my gosh, well, what is local? Right? And so they build all these partnerships if they’re doing it right with local AR the local arts council or with the arts from the city, and now they’re building festivals and like all this stuff. So I think that, that it’s a combination of organizational design and network that animated space. So I don’t think that, that you can ever, like, maybe you could hire like a placemaking department create, like it’s a placemaking department in a city that organizes all of that with like committees and task forces and stuff. I don’t know. Maybe that’s a question back to you. <Laugh> do you think we need at task forces, Matt (41:00): This this, this brought me back to another discussion I had and we were talking about, well, if every, every place is special, then no place is special, you know? So how do you, you know, not every, every place can be curated. <Affirmative> because, you know, it just doesn’t create that same feeling anymore. It’s, it’s almost like if it was 70 degrees, you know, in San Francisco all the time, is it really that special anymore? It is. But you know, I think, I think it’s really, it’s something that can’t always be manufactured or built. It, it comes from the relationships with people, people in the area, people coming to the area and you can’t, it’s, it’s hard to manufacture that, that true feeling of you know, described it as almost it’s almost defi divine. Like it’s, it’s you can’t quite put a finger on it, but you know, this place has something special. And I don’t know that any one city organization could, could really fulfill that. But that would be an interesting topic to, to dive into, for Ben (42:29): Sure. Well, I’m sure between all of your guests, you could find a model of some to that works consistently. Right? Matt (42:37): Right. No, I like what you were talking about. Think it’s, it’s not just what what’s in the area, what’s there, the aesthetics it’s the programming that goes into the area. And, and really it’s about intentionality. So just wanting that space to be something more, something special. And that’s something that, like I said, it, it doesn’t just come from the aesthetics, you know a, it comes from people being in the right mindset to really make that place special. And it’s a lot more than just words, you know? So it’s awesome. I guess, just, just taking that one step for here, how do you think your augmented reality can help to bring placemaking to a, a space? Ben (43:47): Oh, that’s a great question. I think it’s maybe the question for us. I think there’s a number of different ways that it can be done, but it’s ultimately the idea of this is a medium that we express different aspects of placemaking within. So it could be like, for example, a historical connection. So we’re trying to give a person a sense of the, the place that they’re in has meaning beyond their immediate experience. And that somehow adds to the experience. The second is aesthetic. So we might take, for instance, an existing architectural feature and do something really AR really mind blowing with it. And so we’ve done things like map projection, and we do, you know, lighting and things like that, that connects into the experience. So it’s all merged into one, just an example. So that’s more of it’s and that’s less about any particular context other than this is really beautiful. Ben (44:44): This is really cool. My mind is open. I’m excited. I’m struck with awe. And I think the third is in interpersonal, which is about who are the people that belong to this place and what are their stories and how are they, how do those stories make me feel connected to those people? And then also, how do we facilitate socialization through an experience? Cause those social experiences are a huge part of what it binds someone to a location mm-hmm <affirmative> so things like little multiplayer games, very simple. So like, I’ll give you an example, because I was in Ottawa a couple weeks ago for the launch. We did like a big projection mapping like launch events. So like it, it was like we closed down the street and there’s like dancing in the street. And we had like the building all lit up with a QR code to download the app from the building. Ben (45:35): And then I saw lots of like couples and families like scurrying around the area trying to find like the next AR exhibit as part of their journey. And then at the end there’s like a prize. And so now they’re going to have like a bite to eat or they’re going to like I and Mer at a local business. And so that’s a, that’s one example of, of how that all ties together. But then it’s also like this. So in those times when there aren’t visitors, maybe coming it’s shoulder season, like winter, a lot of our experiences are so educational that the school boards are now putting them in the, a curriculum and they’re bringing students to come check ’em out. So they’re doing like field trips. And so now it’s about legacy right now you’re creating a bond between the people that live in that place and that place that’s more permanent. That’s like embedded in their childhood even, and the way that they learned. So this is like, there’s so many different perspectives, but, and I think we fall into most of them in, in the work that we do in inside of a space or place. Matt (46:42): Yeah. That’s cool. Cause yeah, we’ve, you know, the history piece is always that that’s intrigued me quite a bit, but I can also see, you know, the future is seeing how you can, can show people what, how exciting a future might actually be, you know, and, and give people some excitement. The, the, the history though is just and, and I’ve talked about this before in the past is some other guests, but people like to learn about the history of the place that they you know, inhabit, they want to know why certain buildings were, were built this way and it’s part of the heritage of the area. And, you know, that’s how people feel a connection with their place. And you know, to, to make that really come alive. I, I would imagine just further engenders that, that feeling of, of being part of a legacy for, for that future or for that city, for the future. Really. Ben (47:52): Yeah, absolutely. And I, I know for myself, I, cuz I, I Studi history and creative writing university, right. So I used to write like long histories of like 20 more or more pages very dry it’s like very dry. Now I would always rather have George Washington in 3d telling me about, you know, his perspective on freedom than to read in a, a primary document. I know that’s her to say as a history major, but I want to have a storytelling experience. I just don’t. I want to just download information into my brain through a plaque. Matt (48:34): Well, that’s how people have learned over the over centuries and millennia is through storytelling. Right. So I mean, that’s just how we’re wired to, to learn and yeah. What, what, what you guys are doing. I mean, it, it just plays right into that history of, you know, really, truly learning about a place that, that we can’t just read about. Let’s transition one more time here into you’ve so much going on, you guys are doing some really cool stuff. What, what keeps you up at night? It’s your current role? Ben (49:23): <Laugh> what keeps me up at night. We’re at this interesting inflection point in our growth as a company where we’re growing really quickly. And so as an entrepreneur, that’s a new type of challenge mm-hmm <affirmative>. And so it goes from it’s like both, both to the challenge of, of starting something and of growing it to a global stage is sleep deprivation <laugh>, but it’s like a different, so you Matt (49:53): Sleeping, so it’s Ben (49:54): <Laugh> yeah, it’s a different set of tasks, different set of challenges, new learning opportunities. So, and I’m, I’m the type of person that I, I love hands on learning. So I’ve had to learn a lot about, so for example, we’re expanding into Europe and learning about the legalities involved and, you know, different languages and the procurement process. And so that’s all very complex. And at the same time managing our growth here in north America and making sure that that continues to expand very quickly. You know, I feel like especially being a co-founder anytime I feel any slow down, it’s almost like it, I feel it right in my nervous system. <Laugh> and I feel like a sense of urgency. So I would say that’s what keeps me up at night is knowing if I’m growing the company. Well, in my role mm-hmm <affirmative> Matt (50:46): Yeah. You do you utilize the, the meditation AR too often or <laugh>? Ben (50:54): I do actually, I use it all the time. It’s a fantastic, it’s one of my favorite ways to meditate now and I’ve, I’ve been practicing for about 10 years. Matt (51:01): That’s something I think I could use for sure. I’ve, I’ve tried traditional ways, but I I don’t think I’ve really dug in deep enough, so yeah, I’m sure that would help out quite a bit. Cool. Well, what, what is looking forward for you and your company co-founding company here? What what is the, the legacy of the future of, of your group a hundred years in the future? Ben (51:33): A hundred years is such an interesting timeframe. You know, it’s so change <laugh>, you know, if we’re extrapolating our growth into that level of time, it’s it an extraordinary future for, for sure. But I would say what I, what I would describe as the experience, what I see the future as is someone within our app will be able to take their phone or their AR glasses walk around any city in the world and have every piece of relevant, relevant context, information, art music, social opportunity will come to them in a curated way. And, and that won’t, it won’t be the same experience for every person either because they’ll be more personalization through artificial intelligence type of content that you see. I think that will be the companion to any travel experience. So I, I could see, I could see it being like, you might have a little, let’s say George Washington, or you might have, you know, pick, take your pick of a character. Ben (52:51): That’s almost like the little paper clip in Microsoft. <Laugh>, that’s guiding you around. So more, more personalized, more friendly and, and more seamless so that the space between the augmented world and the, and the physical world will become very narrow. They’ll be almost seamless. And I think the other piece, which is the most exciting part of our technology right now is the ability for the simulation to affect the physical world. So, and this is an really fascinating piece of that only our technology does, which is we can have the physical world change the digital world, which is what happens in AR, right? You look at the mural, change it. Well, we want to make it so that when you look at the mural and like play, the physical world will change. So your decisions will change the physical world in different ways. And we have, we do that in a few simple ways with things like lights and projections and speakers in the environment, but in the future, like a hundred years, I would expect that even like buildings and things like that could change themselves based on your that’s just me being the science fiction person at this point though. Ben (54:11): Oh Matt (54:11): Man, that’s a whole different discussion right there. Wow. Oh man. You got a lot of work ahead. Ben (54:21): Yeah. But it’s, it’s fun. And the time is right and I, I think we’re doing good things for the community. So I wake up with a smile, even though I don’t sleep much. I always wake up with a smile on my face. Matt (54:33): That’s awesome. Well, I’m going to give you a couple more minutes here or a minute or two here, just to give us a little bit more about yourself, where we can find out more about EXAR and the then you know, how, how we can keep track of you as you you’re moving forward hundred years in the future. Ben (54:54): Yeah, I would say the easiest way to, to follow us is on our socials. We’re EXAR studios, which is spelled E-X-A-R say, studios, and find us at EXARstudios.com, check out our website, got tons of information and great visuals for you. Enjoy on the site. My title is the chief growth officer, speaking of growth as being the thing that keeps me up. <Laugh> my name’s Ben Switzer. I love to have convers with anyone who’s interested in the technology. So I’d encourage anyone in the audience. Go ahead and reach out to me. Let’s have a chat. Matt (55:36): Yeah, definitely. See, see what kind of solutions you can come up with. Cause based on what we’ve discussed, you you’ve, you’ve found quite a few. Ben (55:45): There’s a hologram for everyone that could be our company slogan. Actually our company slogan is a digital world for every city. But it could be a hologram for everyone. <Laugh> Matt (55:56): That sounds pretty cool too. Well, I like both. We’ll use both. Awesome. Well, thanks again for your time, Ben. This was, this was really an insightful journey for me because honestly I, I didn’t know a whole lot about it before and I, I loved hearing what’s coming. What’s been what’s coming and what’s what the future is. And, and I really appreciate it, Ben. Ben (56:22): Well, it goes both ways. I’m a fan of the show. And so it was a great pleasure of mine to participate in this conversation and contribute to all the great content that you’re putting out there for people. Awesome. Awesome. Thank you. Thank you very much. To Learn More About Ben Switzer and EXAR Studios, Check out the Following Websites: LinkedIn – Ben Switzer LinkedIn – EXAR Studios EXAR Studios Website Recommended Reading Section P.S. We spend (a lot) of time, sweat, tears, and money creating each episode of The Placemaking Podcast. We do this without the support of sponsors as we want to keep the advertisements out of the picture and provide an add-free listening experience. YOUR support ensures we can keep delivering these discussions ad-free!If you feel compelled to donate to the show (and receive some cool bonuses…) you can check out my Patron Page. The Weekly Real Estate Development Workshop Receive the latest news Subscribe To Our Weekly Updates Find Us Here Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin-in Youtube The Placemaking Podcast All Rights Reserved © 2020
50 minutes | Dec 22, 2021
Utilizing Small-Scale Manufacturing to Boost Local Economies with Ilana Preuss – Ep. 60
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Utilizing Small-Scale Manufacturing to Boost Local Economies with Ilana Preuss – Ep. 60 About the Guest Can’t wait to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Ilana Preuss, Founder & CEO of Recast City. She is the author of Recast Your City, co-author of Discovering Your Maker Economy and Made in PLACE: Small-scale manufacturing & neighborhood revitalization, and a chapter author for Creative Placemaking and Sustainable Nation. She is a TEDx speaker on, “The Economic Power of Great Places,” and a featured keynote speaker. ​In this episode, we learn about the importance of small-scale manufacturing on the local economy, some examples of where this method and focus for stimulating economies has worked, and the five-step method for “recasting” your own City with small-scale manufacturing. There is tons of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Ilana for taking the time out of her very busy schedule to discuss this topic of Small-Scale Manufacturing and Boosting Local Economies. As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. So without further ado, let’s start the show! Show Notes Matt (00:00):Hey, welcome to the show. Ilana (00:02):My pleasure to be here. Thank you for having me. Matt (00:04):Glad to have you on if you would just give us a little bit more about yourself to begin with, and then we’ll kind of take that forward and, so kind of give us a Genesis of your professional background, and then we’ll trail that into the book and your mission. Ilana (00:24):My pleasure. So my name is Ilana Preuss a city planner by training and I got into all of this work because I love places. I love downtowns. I love walking through places and it breaks my heart when I’m in a place that is clear not that it’s unloved, but that people don’t necessarily see the worth. And when I say people, it’s not even necessarily people who live there, but it’s the people who make the policy decisions or the investment decisions about that place. And for years, I worked in smart growth and community redevelopment, investing in downtowns and housing and transportation options. And over the years, I realized that we kept talking about jobs, housing balance, or, you know, mixed-use, but we never talked about what kind of businesses, what kind of jobs. And about 10 years ago, I went down a rabbit hole to try to figure out what kind of small businesses really do make. Ilana (01:19):The biggest difference for our neighborhoods really do make the biggest is difference for our economic resilience and really make the biggest difference for creating more equitable outcomes for more people both in neighborhoods, in bigger cities that have been historically excluded or neglected as well as rural smaller cities and towns that have been neglected in different ways. And I came aim to product businesses and these are, I call them small scale manufacturing. They’re any business that creates a tangible product that you can replicate or package my shorthand for it is hot sauce, handbags, or hardware. The other one that occurred to me more recently is artisans to advance manufacturing. Okay. So it’s really anybody who makes a, it can be food, it can be wood, it can be high tech, but it’s, it’s the product side of it because they can sell in person, they can sell online. And there is a very different kind of business for where we are right now with technology. But they’re also accessible. People have a heritage of making things from every different part of our population. And so they’re a, a really important part of our future economic development strategy. Matt (02:28):Yeah. And there’s, there’s so much in that, that first, first bit that we’ve just talked about, but to, to rewind a little bit, and you said you’re a planner by trade? Yes. Okay. Did you have a background, like, where there family members in planning or, or what kind of resonated with you too, to go towards the planning career? Ilana (02:54):That’s an interesting question. So I originally thought I wanted to be an architect. Okay. And I went and visited an architecture school at a college and realized that they don’t sleep they have then. And they still don’t. I, you know, I said, I really like design. I really like place. And then, and I’d never heard of planning city planning as a field. And coincidentally, at the same school, they had, planning in the department, urban regional studies. And I learned that it was this place where it was a combination of this kind of design question, but also government and policy. And I grew up, you know, my, my father worked in at the US Environmental Protection Agency. So government policy was sort of always at the dinner table and I fell in love with it. I really love this con love this concept that you could really think about what you wanted to create and work with people in a community to create that. And I was always focused on how are we redeveloping our downtowns, how are we reinvesting in our older neighborhoods from the very beginning? Matt (03:57):Interesting. So do you have, it sounds like you kind of really have a deep connection with city centers and urban cores and, and that kind of dense population is, is that kinda your background or have you just fallen in love with the this, this type of place? Ilana (04:17):I grew up in suburbia where I was okay Bike to my friend’s house, but there was nothing else I could get to no, as far as you got. Yeah. Yeah. And, you know, got my license as soon as I was allowed to, so I would have that freedom. But I grew up also visiting New York City. And when we had a chance to travel, it was either to national parks or to cities we could wander in. I mean, that was really wandering places and appreciating places and, and the people who live there. And the differences have always been a part of, of who I am and my family and my mother, that was my father’s influence. And my mother’s influence was that she made stuff. She sewed, she knit, she quilted. She taught us all how to use drills. So my up and my brothers, we all, we are all tool people. So you know, that love, of not only using tools but being able to know that you can figure out how to make something if that’s what you wanna learn as also just a part of my history. Matt (05:14):Awesome. Yeah, I always think it’s kind of interesting to hear what people’s backgrounds are, especially authors that have written because obviously there’s influence from backgrounds and it’s absolutely, it’s funny how you, you know, we, we start unpacking it, it, it makes sense, but the mission behind recast is that, you know, you, you want to promote these types of businesses to create a little more diversity in the community and, and provide places for, for work and business. Right. can you give me in one to two sentences what the, what the mission of, of your book. Ilana (06:00):It’s Recast Your City and I work at Recast City. So Recast Your City, the book is focused on how do we help communities bring small-scale manufacturing back into their center as a place and economic data strategy to create a great place.  It’s about building community, but it’s also about building our, our local economy. Matt (06:27):Yeah. And I said, these, it kind of hits home on, on some things because you know these, these types of artisans, these, these craftsmen, this, it’s, you know, I worked in Fort worth for a while and, and we always had there’s a part of town called the near south side and they really promoted these types of small scale manufacturing group and, and kind of a mixed industrial, small scale industrial slash residential mix, you know. So it, it really hits home and cuz I’ve seen how those things have worked together. So symbiotically and how it really creates a unique place. Are there other areas that you’ve seen this done really well that you’d like to highlight that are different cities or different parts of town that I’ve really adopted this? And we can take that and go from there. Ilana (07:45):Sure. You know, there’s a couple different cities, there’s in fact, a lot of different cities that are taking it on. Now, there were a couple of early adopters. So San Francisco with their organization called SF Mead was one of the first nonprofit organizations that was created by group of small manufacturers to say, we need, we have a collective set of challenges and we wanna create support for that. And so that was everything from helping people find real estate that was affordable and a good state of repair to workforce development training to representing their voice to the city. But also marketing them and, and sort of making sure that people understood that this was an, a part of the local economy doing tour days of their workspaces and everything like that. So they were really the first ones that got this figured out at scale, not for a specific neighborhood, but really looking citywide. Ilana (08:40):Their other that have followed suit Baltimore with their made in Baltimore brand and the open works maker space and the competitions that they’ve run a home run accelerator in Baltimore is really an amazing program where they identified that there are a lot of people that have home-based businesses, but would like to be in a storefront and Baltimore wants more businesses in storefronts. And so this program competed for assistance to folks who had strong home-based businesses to go through a training program and really make sure that they had all of their ducks in order and training in order to be prepared to be a storefront in a bricks and mortar and succeed at it. And then they also introduce those people to property owners who are interested in, being their landlords and provide a small amount of grant funding to them to help make the transition.Ilana (09:29):And so it was really thinking about this very purposeful engagement, who do we wanna benefit? What outcome are we trying to achieve? And those buckets of training real estate and capital are sort of the three key pieces of it. So you know, we’re seeing it all over the country from, from those kinds of bigger cities to small town, main streets. I did a project in Helu Alabama last year, two years ago that you know, really all about how do they work on their four blocks of the main street where they’ve done a lot of work with their main street program, but they still had a few vacancies and the whole idea behind small scale manufacturing that you’re not dependent on foot traffic today. You’re not dependent on local incomes because that business is, has a storefront, but is also selling online. And so the, or bringing revenue into the community makes it a really, really strong opportunity for smaller cities or neighborhood main streets that don’t have strong foot traffic right now.  Matt (10:28):And that, that seems like a pretty big advantage these days. Right? So being able to not pin on foot traffic and be able to benefit from internet sales obviously is, is something that is easier to kind of market to these small businesses of, Hey, we’d like you on our main street. We’d like your business there wanna bring people to the area cause they’ve gotta have a reason to come. Right. Right. So, you know, but we can’t guarantee the foot track until you actually come, you know, it actually multiple businesses come in and, and then they start generating that foot traffic. So that’s gotta be an interesting kind of new way to start those businesses that it, it wasn’t necessarily the chicken or the egg of do we bring, do we have to have residential nearby to make things viable or can we can we establish a business and then bring residential in? And Ilana (11:38): I mean, they’re gonna need re you know, downtown residentials, I assume part of the solution for me given what I’ve done. But I think the interesting part is that it makes people think about their space and their placemaking in a different way, because we always say with placemaking right, we want foot traffic. Well, if you don’t have any foot traffic and your retail has completely died, where do you start? Okay, you can start with programming fine, but that’s not long term. And so this is really thinking about all the steps in between that we need to be able to attract people back and do it in a way that is cognizant of what a small of sexually needs, right? Mm-Hmm <affirmative> they need, you can’t just ask a, a small store or a retailer to open up when there is no foot traffic, if you can’t promise foot traffic, if they’re completely depended on the people who are walking into their store. Ilana (12:26): And so we saw a lot of change in that during the pandemic. So people are looking at businesses in, in a different way, but most of, most of our cities and most of our towns from an economic development standpoint sort of are like, yeah, retail’s nice and all, but that’s not economic development. Right? Economic development is us, you know, pursuing some 200 or 2000 person business that we wanna bring to our area and we’re gonna throw money or incentives at it. And I think one of the big challenges is from an economic development standpoint is getting local leaders to recognize that not only does the throwing the money at it, not usually influence the decision, making most places aren’t gonna win that competition. And so what is everybody else gonna do? What is that model for them? And so that’s where, where this really comes in is saying, you know, you, you can go after tech, if you want, you can work on recruitment if you want, but really you have these businesses in your community today and you can help them grow and you can help them grow their revenue and you can help them be more resilient and you can help them scale if that’s what they wanna do. Ilana (13:30): They’re some of them are gonna wanna say, stay solo entrepreneur. Some of them are gonna wanna scale to 5, 10, 20 employees. And these businesses pay 50 to a hundred percent more per on salary than retailer service jobs. So this is one of the ways that we start bringing better, more wealth into the community. Oh, and, you know, research shows that, you know, we have this huge racial health gap or white households have 10 times the wealth of black households on average nationally, but black households that own businesses have 12 times the wealth of black households that do not own a business. And so when we’re really starting to look at the, the big questions of our day, this is one of the ways out. Matt (14:16): So, so how do we get out? <Laugh> so that’s a big question, right? So you mentioned five steps, a five step method. You, you kind of condensed it down into five understandable attainable steps in, in the book. Can we go into each in a little bit of detail just to give everyone kind of an idea of, of what sure. What those Ilana (14:44): Steps are? So the Reester city book is a first important to understand it’s, it’s a, how to book. It’s a DIY, pick it up, get the worksheets, make it happen for your own community kind of book. There are no secrets that I kept back it’s all in the book. So that’s, I think an important person thing to understand the five steps in the book that are, this method are how we work with every community we work with. And so it, it starts with what outcome are you trying to achieve and who should benefit from it? That’s step one, step two is finding the right people to talk to. So in this case, we give people a method to find small scale manufacturing businesses, because they’re not a standing database, nobody knows who they are, but they’re there mm-hmm <affirmative> so find those people find the property owners in the target area. Ilana (15:33): You’re, you’re looking at who we think are open to doing something different than maybe before, or really believe into the, the community and its future. And then also finding connectors, people who can help you connect with these business owners from across the demographic diversity of your population. This is really important. We know that, like I said, we’re, we’re facing racial wealth gaps. We have the greatest income inequity we’ve ever recorded in our country’s history. That was before the pandemic. And we have a responsibility to make sure that we’re reaching across our demographic diversity, because the, there, the heritage of making things crosses every different part of our population across income, across immigrant status, race, ethnicity sexual orientation, age, whatever it is, whatever divide you wanna pick, there are people who make stuff. And so that’s a part of it as well. And then step three is about talking to people. Ilana (16:27): It’s really this method that’s straight out of tech research user or research techniques where it’s about sitting down with one business owner at a time and say, and asking a consistent set of questions, not in a survey kind of way, but actually in an open-ended kind of way to really hear what, what, what works for them about being in that community. What’s hard for them. What’s challenging for them about being in that place. And what’s most important to them in that next year. And I’ll come back to that question in a second. The fourth step is analyzing it, understanding from across all of the different people you’ve spoken to, what works, what doesn’t work what’s most important. What are the kinds of assets that you can build on to address some of the challenges or what are some of the challenges that could with a small step you’ve could solve really quickly? Ilana (17:15): And then the fifth step is, is making it happen. It’s an action step. It is all about, we really encourage people to find actions that they can take in the next three to nine months that are visible. That make a real difference that are not just visible, but make a real difference for these business owners because people are really struggling right now. And we can’t wait. And so find identifying those actions that you can take in the next three to nine months, what do people need in the next year, if right. Feeds into that, that can make a big difference, build on your assets, address some of those gaps that are the most important and most glaring, and then also identify the big, hard stuff that might take a few years to happen. But you’re building up Goodwill and you’re building up partnerships and you’re building relationships with these short term successes to reach the bigger, harder things. Mm-Hmm Matt (18:04): <Affirmative>. Can you give me some examples of, of some of these hard, hard challenges that, that people are facing in promoting this type? Ilana (18:15): Yeah. So when we worked in Columbia, Missouri we worked with a community improvement district, which is just like a business improvement district. It’s just not in the downtown called the loop. And they had a, you know, the, the property owners across corridor are part of the, the, the board and got together and said, we know our area can be so much more and they are sandwich between a light industrial area tucked in next to the highway and an older residential area area, historically black households south of this area. And the improvement district said, we wanna be something to both of these, and we wanna make sure we’re benefiting our property owners, but we wanna make sure we’re, we’re answering a need in the community. And so we went out and interviewed a whole bunch of small scale manufacturing business owners from across the demographic diversity in the community. Ilana (19:06): And we found that there were bunch of food product businesses that people had at home mm-hmm <affirmative> they were producing in their own kitchen because of what are called cottage food laws that allow you to produce a certain amount of, of food at home to sell. And they were bumping up against the edge of how much they could produce at home mm-hmm <affirmative>. And they could only get into certain markets like a supermarket if they were producing it in a commercial shared kitchen, and we recognized this need. And the other thing that we recognized through the project was that there was a building on this corridor that was owned old cafeteria kitchen, and it wasn’t, it was there, it was a little old, but it was, you know, it had working parts and needed a little improvement. And through doing this project together, we also, they had also brought in the economic development authority. Ilana (20:04): And so all of a sudden we had a clear identified need, and we had the right partners already at the table because of the way that we did the discuss in the outreach. And so for them to turn around and say, well, we immediately can put within three months, we can put vendors at our popup park that we’re building already on this corridor, and we’re gonna promote them on our social media. And we’re gonna actually, they changed their branding immediately to talk about making things on the loop. Those were all things that they could do in the first six months COVID hit. But then they opened that commercial kitchen in less than a year and a half when it was COVID deleted by about six months. Right. And so, but that was because of what we had understood. We understood the outcomes they were trying to achieve. Ilana (20:49): They knew who they wanted to benefit. They wanted to make sure that the space was mission driven and benefiting black and Latino women in the community who were the majority of these businesses that they were finding. And they had the partnerships and the space, so they still needed some investment they needed to get buy in. There was whole that they had to negotiate, but they had a starter space for their commercial kitchen and could turn around and make it happen so quickly because of all of this other work that we had done at the beginning. Matt (21:16): Right. Right. So identifying assets, like you were saying, Mizu happened to have a kitchen <laugh> industrial kitchen nearby in a vacant building. That was a great idea to utilize, you know, what, what assets were available and, and meet that with the challenges of, of kind of those citizens in the area and yeah. Their additional investment in that area after it sounds like this was pretty recent, but Ilana (21:48): The kitchen opened in January. Matt (21:50): OK. Ilana (21:52): So if you noticed send, yeah, they they’ve changed the, they just also changed the zoning on this corridor to allow artisan industry is what they’re calling it. So now they’re really sort of creating the space for new development to happen. The reality is, is that the areas zone for use, but the buildings that are there, which are set with large parking lots are completely full mm-hmm <affirmative> they don’t have vacancies on this corridor. And so, and mixed use doesn’t actually pencil for the most part. And so part of what we also looked at for them was what are the interim uses that we could help them figure out? Could you create a series of popup spaces? Could you create you could use prefab buildings for like, for small scale manufacturing purposes, right? How do you, how do you get over that hurdle? And, and I think one of the things that’s really different about it is we didn’t say, let me say in the positive, we said, what do we want here? Ilana (22:46): And who should be able to be in that space? Right. Cause it has to be affordable to the small scale manufacturers. Right? So instead of saying this, we want a 10 story building. And like, that’s the only thing that we’re saying about it. So the 10 story building, or a five story building might be the right thing eventually, but none of it pencils right now. And even if you did new construction, the small scale manufacturers would not be able to afford it because the cost of construction is so high that none of them could afford the ground floor space without significant subsidy. So we’re really taking that step back and saying, we’re not looking at all of the assets in the community. We’re looking at the assets through the lens of the needs of this very specific business type in a very specific place, because we have to think about it place based and, and really thinking about who should benefit from the investment in that place. Ilana (23:35): So it’s not, we’re not all over the place. All of the actions are coming back to that outcome that we established at the beginning. So it’s, it’s super focused in, in what you’re trying to figure out so that the actions you take makes so much sense mm-hmm <affirmative> while you’re doing it, I’ll give you another example, E Ohio we’re working with right now in our recast leaders program, which is a 12 month cohort program. We run for five cities at a time to teach them how to do this, coach them, do it themselves and then support their implementation. And they are working with a property owner to renovate an older space and use it as an incubator for a number of small producers, three or four small producers, to be able to go into that space. The producers have gone through a training program right there. They’re gonna hopefully be able to move into the space next month, but it was all because the city said, we know we have these businesses somewhere, but we don’t have them downtown. And we wanna, whoever wants to work with us, gonna with first to start making these happen and do it. Matt (24:43): And was that, that example, was that a public private partnership or how did that, how did that work financially? Ilana (24:51): Just curious. Yes. That’s a public private partnership, private sector, public support to make it happen. Matt (24:58): And I would imagine for most places, that’s really what it, what it kind of takes almost to Ilana (25:06): Depends on the people and depends on the place. I mean, there’s a great example, Inca, New York that’s, there’s in fact, a lot of examples across the country that are completely private sector at this point because it, it really can pencil depending on the market mm-hmm <affirmative>. And depending on, on the creativity of the property owner, so Inca New York, there’s a space called press bay alley and the old newspaper press building. And cause it was already industrial. It was grandfathered in industrial. They could keep it like that. So they put a, they put a maker space in the basement, they on the alleyway, they created a whole series of micro retail spaces. They’re actually getting above market rate on because at th a 300 square foot micro retail space, the business coming into it, isn’t thinking about it on a per square foot basis. They’re thinking about the flat fee of using this space. Ilana (25:55): Right. And they have office space in the building, right. There’s a mix of different things going on there. But when we think about it as a part of this and really think about what the market wants, they’ve got a waiting list. I think of 50 business is wanting micro retail space. So they’re doing it in the second building. Mm-Hmm <affirmative> right. So they they’ve tapped into something that nobody else is answering. Similarly in Dallas, Texas there’s Tyler station. Mm-Hmm, <affirmative>, it’s a huge older, industrial building. You’re probably familiar with it, right? There’s 70 different businesses in there. And the space is divided up in a very simple way with chain link. Like it’s not, not investment of major walls, but it works. And so lots of these businesses now do do products together and it’s not just product businesses, it’s all different kinds of things out there. Ilana (26:38): And, and then if you look at Macon studios, which is in Philadelphia and the Kensington neighborhood, that’s old multi floor industrial property, you know, this is a private sector developer who got institutional investment backing and is renovated this these hundred and 20,000 square foot buildings to be subdivided into a whole bunch of small scale manufacturing spaces. They’re not micro they’re, I don’t know, 2000 square feet or bigger, but there are people coming from up and down the east coast to use these spaces because it’s like moving into a cowork space. It’s already, you know, there is one entrance, people are taking care of the building it’s and it’s just, there’s some amazing, serious and scaling businesses in these buildings. Matt (27:26): Yeah, that’s incredible. Yeah. I talked to Monty before in, in Dallas and Monty Anderson and he’s got quite a bit of that. He he’ll, he likes to use some of that right. Sizing essentially, of, of, of office space or working space and is able to create rents that are affordable. And it’s, you know, they’re smaller areas, but they’re right for the business, you know, most, most times you don’t need that huge investment for most of these businesses that you’re referring to. So right. Just Ilana (28:04): Under a thousand square feet. Right. Matt (28:06): Right. Is that kinda what the criteria for micro would be or is that even Ilana (28:11): Less? No, it’s not on a square foot basis. So I talk about, oh, for micro retail, maybe that’s a good question. Probably. I mean, most of our retail spaces are still being built at 5,000 square feet are bigger. Right? So anybody who has retail that was built in the eighties or nineties there, those are some of, I think some of our significant vacancies because so many stores, even the national chains have shrunk their footprint. And if you can’t get the national chains, most local businesses don’t wanna footprint that big. So we have this big challenge of that. Do you, how do reuse these spaces for retail in a that’s most effective for them? But you know, we see the same thing with small scale manufacturing that we see with other businesses. There’s a ton of them that are really small, think about tech freelancers, right? Ilana (28:56): There’s a ton of them that are really small. There are a few that scale to 10 or 20 employees. And then there are a few unicorns under armor, right? Like the, they, they happen. Food and, and clothing are probably the ones that scale most that are more, most likely to scale, but not only and small scale manufacturing for, to me is businesses between one and 50 employees. If you’re in a smaller town, might max out at one to 20 employees because it’s really about fitting of the fabric of the downtown, the main street or the neighborhood that we’re talking about. And so that that’s really the criteria for it. Mm-Hmm <affirmative> Matt (29:35): Well, why do you think people are, are drawn to these type of businesses for, for, you know, retail for, for purchasing? Why are, why are people drawn to local manufacturers and local artisans? Ilana (29:51): Well, I think when we, when people can afford it, it’s really something special, right? It’s, it’s unique. You, you can’t see it anywhere else. I think that people, and I actually think the, the, from what I’ve read gen Z is probably the best at this is it’s not about consuming lots of different things. It’s about consuming a few really special things. Mm-Hmm <affirmative>. And so I, I think this is a part of a, I also think that when you go to a festival or, or a cultural fair in your community, and you see vendors that are people from your community who make things, it really builds that sense of pride in your community and what you’re about. People really, it it’s really an amenity to be able to go to a window and see something being made. And so really thinking about how we create places that are unique, that are, that are really special telling the story or the, the heritage of your community and the people who are there really makes a place stand out. Ilana (30:47): It’s the places we often go on vacation. We wanna wander around the cute place. That’s unlike anywhere else. We wanna stop in the store. And so when we think about creating those kinds of places for our own community, then we’re going to have that potential of other people stopping in. We’re gonna be creating a place that people within our community value. And I think it’s important to think about the people from the neighborhood, from the community, getting access to those storefronts. The question of who gets the storefronts, I think is when we don’t ask often enough when we’re in place making and main street work. And I think it’s a really important question for us to ask, but, you know, we can really, we can really do a lot of exciting things in those spaces at this point. Matt (31:28): Yeah. And we touched on this previously too, but the, the digital revolution, you know, you’ve got Etsy has blown up <laugh>, you know, and it, it draws from kind of the local artists’. The family business is the small scale of manufacturing. Do you see the digital revolution as being a detriment to this, to this type of manufacturing or Ilana (31:56): No, not at all. It expanded their market, right? The fact that these businesses can sell online across their region or across the country or internet nationally, is why they can, the way Theyre historically, you know, a business was dependent on who they personally knew, or the people who were walked by their storefront, and that’s just not the case anymore. So I think that the digital revolution particular, the, the, these last two years to really buy so much online while still wanting the experience of going into storefronts, we know that part’s not going away that, that that’s a really a competitive edge for this sector cause of it and has made a really big difference. Mm-Hmm Matt (32:36): Well, we’ve thrown around the word. Placemaking a few times in this, in this discussion, and fittingly, I’d like to ask you what your definition of placemaking would be, and, and maybe how this concept of small-scale manufacturing can blend to your definition of placemaking. Ilana (33:07): I feel like you must ask everybody a question it’s a to so too is a that feel like they’re that’re and that they feel like they, that this is the place where the community can come together, however, whoever their community is. And, and I think that it needs to be defined by the people who live in that place, not by the the distant planners or the distant designers. Sure. I think the reason middle-scale manufacturing works so well is because it is, if you do it the way I’m describing it, it is of the neighborhood by the neighborhood. These are businesses that are coming from the community. But, they help create that unique identity that is, that we know is so valuable for placemaking. It helps create that feel of this is a place I wanna gather because there’s cool things for me to look at, or be a part of when we successfully have a diversity of business owners in the storefronts that are from the community or represent the demographics of the wider community people feel included, they feel like this is a place that can belong to them. Ilana (34:20): And it also creates that sense of beauty. Right? You can see these beautiful things even if, even if it’s a widget, right? The machines that make these things are just so fascinating. And so interesting that they become a draw of something beautiful and interesting to see in and of themselves.  Matt (34:41): Yeah. They, they really do, like you said, create kind of a gathering space. People see their neighbors when they walk into these you know, it’s, it becomes kind of a social gathering and that lends to, like you said, the, the place making aspect, and I want to touch back on what you were saying about for the people by the people. How do you, and you, you touch on it in the book and you go into detail in the book, but how do you begin those discussions with people that or how do you find these people, I guess, is more so that are making things and are, are doing small, small manufacturing and maybe in their own homes Ilana (35:31): How you find it is a hard part of the work. We, we do have a whole method in the book that is very true. And it is really based on the way I find people when I work with communities. And for anybody who’s interested, you can get the first chapter of the book for free at recast, your city.com, but you can also get the worksheets that go with the book there that give you the how-to in the worksheets on this. So it is about, it is a part about just word of mouth, who do you know, once you start thinking about this business sector, you realize you see them everywhere. That’s the first thing I hear from everybody. The second piece is that kind of asking the people, you know, who do they know in that sector who make stuff. Ilana (36:13): And then the other thing is connectors people who are known and trusted in different populations within your community, who believe in the potential of that community and believe in the future of that community, inviting them in having a cup of coffee with them, asking them, you know, telling them about what you’re trying to do and asking for their help, asking them to work with you on it. Because we have so many divides in our communities. So many divides in our population that we need to take the responsibility to build new relationships with people, to reach new parts of our population. There’s no other way to find a whole crew of home-based businesses without going through somebody who just has personal relationships with those businesses, those business owners. We also look at vendors for different markets, farmers, markets, holiday markets, it’s festivals, and things like that. Matt (37:01): And, and the first step, like you said, is, is awareness is, is being aware of this type of, of business. Just, you know, most people know somebody that’s maybe doing like a side business here or there, but I don’t think it really resonates with people that people are doing this at, you know, at a large scale and in their community. Ilana (37:26): Absolutely. I mean, there’s, there’s a wonderful woman around here near I has a cookie it’s actually not just cookies, but she started with cookies. She makes desserts. She tells her story. I heard her tell her story at an event where she was, you know, she was working, she was producing at home. And then she was using the kitchen of a restaurant when they closed at 11 o’clock at night. So she was producing from like 11:00 PM to 6:00 AM or something. I have no idea how she did this. And then she moved to a shared commercial kitchen, and then she scaled and was getting investors to build out her own 5,000 square foot production facility. Right. Like, but she went through all of those different steps to scale her business. And it’s so much harder than somebody who picked, opens a laptop. Right. Right. And, and her, her cookies are unbelievable. Ilana (38:20): Her chocolate chest pie, her business’ name is Whisk. But you know, this, this is what I, the concern that I have, especially with the economic development field is that people say sort of, like you just said, oh, there’s, there are people who do this, like in their spare time, the reality is, is there’s a ton of people who do this full time at home yeah. As their full income. And then there are people who are scaling beyond that and have employees and, and do these weird space combinations because there’s nothing about our economic development strategy and our real estate market that accommodates this sector. And so I always talk about thinking about what do these businesses need in terms of support space and capital when they’re starting up and scaling and really growing and they’re different answers at different has. Matt (39:16): Yeah. That makes a lot of sense. Yeah. That these stories are and I’m sure you’ve got tons of stories of, of people that have, have kind of transitioned their way from a home business to scaling. And every, every step along the way keeps you up at night at your current role. I think you kind of touched on this with your concern there, but just curious, what, what keeps you up at night? Ilana (39:46): Current role keeps me up at night. So many things keep me up, but to this my biggest concern last year, we had this true outpouring of support for small businesses, not just small scale manufacturing, but, but local, small businesses. And I think that where we are with the pandemic, and this is true of how many people have died, this is true of businesses, closed. People wanna move on and they wanna have amnesia. They forget how hard and how awful last year was. And the reality is, is that the small businesses are in fact struggling a lot more right now because last year there were all kinds of support that we were throwing the weight. Not that it was equitably accessed, but there was support out there. And so many businesses that survived last year. So many businesses closed that year and they closed at twice the rate for Black-owned businesses or Latino-owned businesses than white businesses. Ilana (40:44): But so many are more that are still, there are struggling this year for various reasons. And so my big fear is that last year, people really understood that if small businesses fail the community fails and that’s really the soul of the play and that this year people sort of wanna move on. And I’m worried about a neglect of this sector and a, an ignoring of this sector that really needs attention, not just right now to get through where we are still economically, but that we have this opportunity to create this almost perpetual economic engine with the American rescue plan act money that went out to all these communities, tons and tons of money that’s out there that, yes, we definitely need to use it to help them, the small businesses. And a lot of communities are doing it for infrastructure and fixing their water system is very important. But part of it could also be used to really build up this sector of small businesses, small-scale manufacturing, and I’m worried that we’re missing that opportunity. Matt (41:43): Hmm. Those are, that’s a great point. There is, there is a lot of help distributed recently and to make sure at least a portion of it goes to support something that is added to the economic viability of, of your city centers, your downtowns is important. And, you know, in several areas I’ve seen that the, you know, the downtown areas get neglected or new sparkly infrastructure out the, you know, at the edge of the city and hopefully more of that attention gets, and, and you’re, you’re seeing it in some places, but hopefully more of it gets distributed to those, those city centers. That’s really the heart of the city. Ilana (42:37): Well, or the neighborhoods that didn’t get the investment in the past. Yeah. Right. Matt (42:41): Looking forward. What is what is the legacy of not only yourself, but recast? What do you hope that legacy looks like years in the future? Ilana (42:55): Oh my goodness. I can barely get five years in the future. <Laugh> recast city. So the legacy of recast city to me is that communities recognize that small scale manufacturing businesses are a key part of their economic development strategy. That space for locally owned business is particularly product businesses are seen as a public good and gets public support like affordable housing. We create affordable commercial space to retain good middle income jobs and locally owned businesses in the community alongside other investments. And that this really is, is a big part of the change of how we address the, the racial wealth gap, the ethnic wealth gap that we’re seeing across the country, and really changes who can build wealth and create a lot more opportunity for people who didn’t have the, or who were excluded in the mm-hmm Matt (43:52): <Affirmative> well, you are you’re well on your way, but that is a big task. Ilana (44:00): You gave me a hundred years. I’m okay. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Matt (44:02): You, you got plenty of time. No problem. Plenty of time. <Laugh> well, I, I really appreciate your time today. I did want to give you some time here just to, just to give us a little bit more about where we can find we’re about not only recast, but your book yourself and your mission. Ilana (44:23): Sure. So you can find all the information about the book at recast, your city.com. You can get the first chapter for free there’s links to buy the book@bookshop.org. You can get the Kindle version Amazon, or if you wanna get the hard copy discounted, you can order it directly from the publisher island, press, you use promo code recast, and you get 20% off the list price. And if you’re interested in information about the work that we do with communities, go to recast city, and we right now have open applications for the recast leaders cohort for 2022, if this is something you wanna with a crew of other cool cities. Matt (45:10): Awesome. Awesome. So just on this, this cohort can you give us a little bit more about what what’s involved? Ilana (45:22): Sure. it’s the co leaders, we bring five communities together who want to bring small scale manufacturing to some part of their city. And each community builds a team of three or four people. And we work with all five cities together to train them on this method, coach them to do the work themselves, do the, do find the list, create the list, find the people, do the interviews, do the analysis. And then we help each community build their own action plan. And then the second half of the cohort time is supporting those communities to implement their short term actions. Because we found that when we worked with communities and handed over an action plan and walked away, they really struggled with implementation if they didn’t have any kinda support. And so this is really our answer to how do we help make sure people get through through a big part of that first round of implementation. Ilana (46:15): So it’s a 12 month program. It’s really exciting to see communities go from from very first step of what outcome do we wanna achieve and achieve. And how do we find these people to implementing the example I gave you from Euclid, Ohio is, is a group a, is the a group from, in the cohort program right now that are really implementing things real-time. Yeah. Because they figured out what the community needs and they got the buy-in and they’re making things happen. So it’s very exciting. The next cohort starts January 2022. And so if you look on our website about how we work with people, you’ll see information about recast leaders there. Awesome. Matt (46:57): It sounds like a really cool program. Thank you for Ilana (46:59): It’s a lot of fun. I have a lot of fun running it. <Laugh> Matt (47:02): Awesome. Well, thank you again for all your time and hopefully, we can stay in touch. Thank Ilana (47:09): Thank You so much for having me. To Learn More About Ilana Preuss, Recast City, & the Recast Your City Book, Check out the Following Websites: LinkedIn – Ilana Preuss Recast Your City Book Recast City Website Recommended Reading Section P.S. We spend (a lot) of time, sweat, tears, and money creating each episode of The Placemaking Podcast. We do this without the support of sponsors as we want to keep the advertisements out of the picture and provide an add-free listening experience. YOUR support ensures we can keep delivering these discussions ad-free!If you feel compelled to donate to the show (and receive some cool bonuses…) you can check out my Patron Page. The Weekly Real Estate Development Workshop Receive the latest news Subscribe To Our Weekly Updates Find Us Here Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin-in Youtube The Placemaking Podcast All Rights Reserved © 2020
56 minutes | Dec 8, 2021
Creating Walkable, Urban Communities Through Missing Middle Housing with Dan Parolek – Ep. 59
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Creating Walkable, Urban Communities Through Missing Middle Housing with Dan Parolek – Ep. 59 About the Guest Can’t wait to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Dan Parolek, Founder of Opticos Design. Dan inspired a new movement for housing choice in 2010 when he coined the term “Missing Middle Housing,” a transformative concept that highlights a time-proven and beloved way to provide more housing and more housing choices in sustainable, walkable places. Opticos Design is driving a radical paradigm shift, urging cities, elected officials, urban planners, architects and builders to fundamentally rethink the way they design, locate, regulate, and develop homes. Americans want and need more diverse housing choices in walkable neighborhoods; homes that are attainable, sustainable, and beautifully designed. In this episode, we look at the definition of Missing Middle Housing and how it fits into various neighborhoods and schemes, the keys to success that he’s found in this type of development, and the biggest barriers to achieving true Missing Middle Housing options. There is tons of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Dan for taking the time out of his extremely busy schedule to discuss this topic of Creating Walkable, Urban Communities through Missing Middle Housing. As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share it with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. So without further ado, let’s start the show! Show Notes Matt (00:00): Hey welcome the show, Dan. Dan (00:02): Thanks for having me, Matt. Matt (00:04): Glad to have you on this show. You’re, you’re quite the celebrity in the development real estate development rings with your introduction of missing middle housing and what you’re doing with Opticos. I’d like to kind of just start off here by getting to learn a little bit more about you and where you started out and, and then we will, we’ll kind of transition that to Opticos and, and missing middle housing and, and we’ll just go from there. Dan (00:39): Sure. Well just a little brief. I I’m trained as an architect. I have an undergraduate degree in architecture from Notre Dame and I practiced architecture in New York City for a number of years before deciding that I really wanted to work at the block, the neighborhood, and even the sort of city and regional scale. So I moved out to Berkeley, to go to UC Berkeley’s master of urban design program. And it was just, a perfect fit for indoctrinating me into the world of urban design and how to get projects implemented and, and really just good how to get good urbanism to happen and how to root those barriers. And so actually upon my, my graduate thesis won a design competition called housing, the next 10 million which was ha ways that the California central valley could grow thoughtfully and accommodate the growth without compromising its character and the agricultural economy. Dan (01:44): And so that, that, that launched Opticos just, just a little over 20 years ago. Now we had a 20th-anniversary CEL, well celebration. We didn’t really celebrate much last year due to COVID, but we we’ve re reached the 20-year threshold last year. Congratulations. Yeah. And one of the other reasons I started the company is because I did want to work on both architecture scale building scale projects, as well as those, that neighborhood and city scale that I mentioned earlier. And there was really no opportunity to do that even here in the bay area. And so, I decided I was just going to, I was just going to do it with my own company. Matt (02:26): Yeah. Awesome. I’ve got several questions from just that, but what kind of endeared you into the whole urbanism and, and this housing opportunity at the more of the local level, what, what kind of drew you to that? Dan (02:46): You know I, I think you know, at, I started reflecting back upon this when I started doing a lot of interviews. I introduced this concept of missing mental housing almost 10 years ago now. And so, as I was reflecting upon sort of how people were asking, well, how did you know, how did this idea come about? We’ve actually been integrating these missing metal types in our architecture and our planning practice. Since the beginning of Opticos, it’s almost 20. We wrote a, we created a, a, a master plan and wrote our first form based code in 2001 that had the missing middle types embedded in it. And it was for a plan called revision is Vista, which is in Santa, is a community in Santa Barbara county where UC Santa adjacent to UC Santa Barbara. And I told the story actually in the introduction of my book about how, how we needed to use the, the, the conversation about these missing middle types to shift the conversation away from the, the scary D word, the density word that the, the community was really cut up, caught up in and couldn’t get beyond. Dan (03:56): So, so in my, my great-grandmother lived in a duplex in the small town in Nebraska that I grew up in a block and a half from main street, and it was everything she needed. And you know, I’ve lived in places like Chicago New York, I lived in Brooklyn. And now here in Berkeley, you know, just lived in a lot of places that have these missing middle types, just as a core part of the, the choices that they deliver and have, have just been thinking about it for a very long time, both personally and professionally. Yeah. Matt (04:30): Yeah. I was, I was gonna ask, yeah, if you had some experience living in these communities and it just kinda, and then see hearing about your grandmother that is one thing we’ll get into, you know, the, the ability to walk places that you need to go. Yeah. Especially when, when driving is not an option anymore. Dan (04:53): Yeah. You know, when we Def, when I first defined missing middle housing for a smart growth network publication, it’s where we created the Graham as well. A, a part of this was you know, one of the primary characteristics is that these types are located in an walkable urban context, right. Mm-Hmm is, is because that’s where they succeed or they’re most successful. That’s where they deliver the choice where a lot of people wanna be where they can’t afford it, if it’s only single family homes that are being delivered. And so that that’s really important and, you know, jumping to optic coast a little bit more I just wanna, like, I think one of the really important characteristics or aspects of optic coast is that we are a mission and driven company. We are a for-profit, but mission driven company. And we became a founding B corporation, I think in 2007. Dan (05:52): So almost 14 years ago where we really made a strong commitment as a business to a triple bottom line where we’re thinking about environmental, social, and fiscal responsibility. And, and that commitment really drives all of our business decisions, ranging from the structure and hierarchy of our company, profit sharing, to the types of projects we, we focus, focus on. And we really are in a fortunate position where we get to select projects that will enable us to utilize our expertise in missing middle, as well as walkable urbanism. And we have two different types of clients sort of back to that point of wanting to work at the architect. Sure. And the, the sort of neighborhood city regional scale is we have public sector, clients, cities, and counties where all the projects even starting 20 years ago were always focused on delivering housing choices and walkable urbanism. Dan (06:52): Now 20 years ago, getting people to wrap their heads around, wow, there’s, there’s a demand for this. And through even the small town needs to be thinking about this was hard, but our projects ha in the public sector of range and scale from, you know, a downtown plan or a neighborhood plan or a transit-oriented development plan around a station two citywide plans like our Memphis 3.0 plan or the gym plan for Kawai county. And a lot of that that work over the last five years has, has included what we call missing metal scans and deep dives, where we’ve created this methodology based on our expertise to identify the barriers in policy planning and zoning, and give really specific recommendations of how cities can remove those barriers in places like, you know, towns that are exploding like Greenville, South Carolina, or Greensboro, North Carolina, San Jose, California, have where we’ve done that kind of work. Dan (07:53): And then in the private sector, right? Our work is includes both architecture and side and master planning. And, and I think we, we only work on projects that really are gonna push the development industry to, to deliver the type of choices and innovation that we feel is absolutely in demand and needed and, and, and markets really across the country. And, you know, it ranges from cold to SAC the 16 acre car-free community, which is now under construction and Tempe, which will be the largest car-free community to Prairie queen our bungalows on the lake, which is our 40 acre missing middle neighborhood that has about 20 acres complete now. And it’s been a huge for our client and, and the residents that live in it really love the neighborhood our muse homes right. We’ve done cottage court here in Healdsburg, California called Riverhouse and, you know, working in smaller towns all across the country, like a Florence, Alabama, or KPE Montana. Dan (08:58): So we’re really just we, we wanna find the right opportunities to like develop a model and to prove the concept that missing middle is viable. It’s in demand. And we, we have a lot of fun doing it. And I think the next frontier is really thinking about how modular can plug into those and inform those projects. And we’ve been doing some work with a modular company called fading west out of UN Vista, Colorado, and really excited about that partnership and, and what that can evolve into and deliver in terms of at obtainability. And in, in walkable communities. Matt (09:36): Wow. You guys are busy Dan (09:39): yeah, yeah. We’re, we’re having fun. So, and we’re not a, we’re not a big company, we’re just a little over 20 people. So a lot of people feel, look, look at our work and think that we’re a really big company, but we’re actually quite small and we’ve, we’ve stayed fairly all on purpose, just so that we can retain, you know, the, the level of quality that’s part of our brand and just be thoughtful about all of our projects, but also be really selective about what we work on, because everything we work on needs to reinforce our, our triple bottom line, as well as our just real drive and to, to, to, you know, change, change the way housing’s built way neighborhoods are built. So Matt (10:23): Awesome. Yeah. Well, before we, we transition a little bit. Yep. What’s the story behind optics what’s where did the name come from? Dan (10:33): Yes, so for about the first year, year of my company, we were called envision design and for various, for obvious reasons. But what we discovered is a couple of things is that it was a little bit too generic and, and people were having a hard time finding us. And, and actually there was another company nearby that a package of ours actually got sent to. So, as, as we’re searching for names you know, it’s really hard, number one, to find something that represents this full breadth of work that we were doing and wanted to be doing and the impact, and, and also just simple things like, can you, can you get the URL , you know, important things. So, so you know, there’s this term that Vitruvius uses in his architectural treaties that he uses the term logos Opticos, and what that means is it, it represents visual, visual harmony through thoughtful composition. Dan (11:41): And so what we thought is, is you know, whether you’re somebody without any training or an, or an architect or developer a planner, if you put somebody in a really good public space, they know that it just, they know that it feels good. Mm-Hmm they may not know what about that space feels good, but it just, there’s something about the space that makes them wanna be there. And you can say the same about well-designed buildings, right? That you can look at a building and you may not know exactly why that building is singing to you, but it just feels really good proportions, you know? And so that that was the premise. So that logos optic coast, we just shortened it. And that’s the premise of the work, because we do feel that, you know, the types of places we’re creating and buildings creating should really provide that sort of harmony and just, just innate sense of comfort and to, to people who are experiencing those spaces and those buildings. Matt (12:37): Awesome. Yeah. Thank you and now let’s, let’s kind of transition that into more of, like you said, you, you coined missing middle, like 10 years ago. Yep. Could you, in a nutshell, maybe in one to two sentence, describe what missing middle is for, for those who for may have been living under a rock for a while and don’t know exactly what it’s. Dan (13:07): Yeah. I, I joke that if, if, if we had been paid a dollar for every time, our missing middle diagram or used, I think I could have retired. But, but it’s, that’s why we, we made it, we left it shareware. We wanted people to be using it. We wanted it to inform the, the housing conversation in a way, give, give communities, community members, architects, developers, planners, a tool to effectively communicate about this. The range of housing choices that are really needed and definition most simply is missing middle housing are house scale buildings that just happen to have multiple units inside them. It’s like the duplex or the fourplex or the cottage core, or the mansion apartment in these housing types exist in every neighborhood prior to the 1940s. Mm-Hmm often next to single family homes, no one ever notices because the, the, the point here is that because you get, you put more units in a building doesn’t mean a building’s getting larger and larger. Dan (14:08): It’s that there’s just a thoughtful design of a housing type where it looks like a house from the street, but happens to have two, three or four units in it. And you might walk by it and never even notice that it wasn’t a single family home. And, you know, the middle part of that first and foremost is the scale. And I think a lot of times in the conversation about missing middle housing, it just immediately jumps to middle income mm-hmm housing. And we say, yes, it’s important. And, but first and foremost, we need it to be a range of housing types at a certain scale, that house scale and, and secondarily yes, historically these types have delivered at obtainability and attainable choices and desirable neighborhoods for middle income households. And to the point where when I was doing research for a missing middle presentation at the Chicago humanities festival, I came across this great article about the two flats in three flats in ha, which make up something like 26% of the residential fabric. Dan (15:14): And they called them the working man’s palace. And I thought that was a really excellent title. And you know, why do we call them missing if you look at the, the data. And we dove into that a little bit one we were doing the research for my book. Really the, the data shows that, you know, less than less than 10% housing, I think you could even say less than 5% of housing built in the last decade has been missing, missing middle housing scale. And really most cities have zoned just as a starting point of why most cities have zoned like 80 to 90% of the geographic areas of their cities for single family only. So it’s, hasn’t, they haven’t had the ability to, you know, deliver the missing middle. Yeah. Matt (16:05): kind of beat me to it. So, sorry. I was gonna ask you, you know, what, what are the barriers? And, and a lot of us know that often that we, we work on these projects and, and those not even in the industry realize that that single family often has zoning has restrictions that, that don’t allow this type of housing. And, and so zoning is obviously a, a big part of why, you know, we, we haven’t seen more. But are there other barriers to, to entry essentially for those? Dan (16:45): Absolutely. Unfortunately there are I wrote an entire chapter on barriers in my book. It was the first time I, you know, I’ve been talking for years generally about the barriers and actually got a chance to sit down and do a little bit of a deep dive in research, more on, and clearly identify these barriers. But, you know, the, the reason Opticos does zoning work and mostly form based coding, because we feel we’ve found that that is absolutely the best tool to enable and deliver missing middle is because that’s, you kind of, you kind of need to remove that very basic barrier before any of these other barriers even make sense mm-hmm to, to address, but at the same time, you can’t just assume you’re gonna remove the zoning barrier. And then all of a sudden, you know, missing, middle’s gonna show up on every corner. Dan (17:32): We wish so there’s unfortunately a long list, you know, in terms of in terms of zoning, because the other thing that I get a little bit frustrated by is like, there’s often this very general discussion, you know, even now at the federal level, as zoning’s in the way, you know, zonings a barrier, but it rarely gets down to actually identifying like, well, what is it about zoning? That’s a problem because I don’t believe we should just completely get rid of zoning. But I think we can do a, we, we need a new operating system, but other, you know, parking requirements, you know, that you might consider that part of zoning, but a, a huge barrier. I, I tell cities like just simply remove par off street parking requirements for these, especially these neighbor pre 1940s neighborhoods. And you, you may just start to enable some of these types building codes. Dan (18:22): Mm-Hmm right. Once you re reach that three unit threshold, you go from a residential building code to a commercial building code and the IBC, the international building code. And so it just starts adding a little bit more cost and a really important threshold actually just earlier this week, the city of Memphis, the first city to do this. And I think I’m hoping every city across the country will do this. They approved you unanimously an amendment to their local building code. Based on the citywide work we did on the comprehensive plan and missing middle being a core part of that. We identified the building code as a barrier mm-hmm and they adopted an amendment to their building code that allows up to six units under the residential building code. Oh, wow. And so I wanna spread the word about that because it’s a huge milestone for missing middle and sort of removing these barriers. Dan (19:19): Financing, you know, often is, is a bit tricky and especially in smaller to medium size towns where there’s no comparable that you can point out point at a bank for like just assurance that this is a good idea. And they, you know, they don’t, they sort of are okay with the risk that might be inherent in it, but, you know, luckily more and more we’re seeing good relationships at small local banks work to sort of enable small developers get the financing. And then condo liability is a tremend barrier, especially for, for sale missing middle types. And especially in a number of states like California and, and Washington. And I think Colorado, like it there’s too much risk inherent in the stacking of any units that mm-hmm , you know, you can, you can absorb that risk if you’re doing a 250 unit project, but if you’re doing like a four unit or an eight unit, even a 20 unit project, it doesn’t make sense. And you know, the last is just the, the lack of an industry like we have the single family building industry and the multifamily building industry, and there’s there it, the industry to deliver missing middle is, is missing and it will be, we remove some more of these barriers. Unfortunately, yeah, no, I Matt (20:37): Mean, that makes complete sense. I I’ve been to a, kind of a missing middle kind of learning session there in Fort worth. Mm-Hmm it was in the near south side, it’s a, they said it, they kind of created their own form based code mm-hmm and it, you know, it, it was exciting to see how they were trying to, you know, break down the barriers and make it a little more possible for, for those is that are interested in, in trying to create this type of, of housing opportunity. I, I do wanna transition that a little bit into somebody that maybe is, you know, listening or, or has seen some of these presentations in the past that is excited, wants to, wants to jump in and to develop their own type of, of housing like this. What, what kind of advice would you give somebody just trying to start out and, and, you know, start to try to chip away at, at some of this missing middle housing? Dan (21:43): Yeah, I, I think you know, first and foremost, I think fun a network of other people that are either doing this type of work are interested in ex in exploring doing this type of work. And you know, this, I don’t want this to sell sound too self-promoting, but I think reading my book has been really helpful to a lot of even, even folks who are existing developers that are wanting to deliver missing middle and just, aren’t quite sure just become familiar with the terminology, the range of project types that have been successfully completed in both for sale and renter and what sort of opportunities our other developers small develop, I guess, in larger developers finding, but mostly small. And I think part of the message is like in a lot of markets we see that the, the best first step is, you know, buying and renovating historic, missing middle building types. Dan (22:46): And even our client for our, our Prairie neighborhood started renovating MIS historic missing middle building types in Midtown Omaha, and sort of built up a portfolio of several hundred units and wow, of, of missing middle, you know, a multiplex at a time within a 10 minute walk and sort of he built the skillset and, and sort of knowledge and understanding of the local market and sort of went on to, to bigger projects, including Prairie queen start, start a local group of, you know, it could be realtors, bankers, builders, planners, maybe even city council members you know, have discussions about it. Do walking tours have book club conversations about, you know, any book related to walkable urbanism and in missing middle you know, Jim Hyde if you don’t know his work he just published a book called building small through ULI, which is a great resource as well. Dan (23:50): And he does a small development meetup through ULI that actually I attended last week, it was here in Northern California and the incremental development Alliance does similar work through the Congress for new urbanism. So I think part of just find like-minded people that you can support each other and brainstorm and share lessons learned, I think is, is, is most important. And you know, I’m finding that, you know, if you can find the right opportunities, there’s, there’s good support out there. And just a lot of really good people who willing to share their experiences and advice to, to, to enable more people to build missing middle successfully, starting, starting at the small scale. Matt (24:35): Yeah, that’s great advice. It’s just, yeah, maybe, maybe start out a little smaller and Dan (24:42): Buy, buy a duplex mm-hmm or buy a, buy a lot with a house at the front and a AU in the back, you know, or the, or a house with a detached garage where you’re allowed to convert the garage into an ADU, you know, just start small and sort of learn, learn your lessons at a smaller scale. It’s always better to make mistakes at that small scale. Matt (25:04): Right. Definitely would start. Yep. Has there been any developments that you’ve seen that have just done this incredibly, perfectly as, as far as like, have you seen any that have really done the, the missing middle? Well and, and, you know, you talked about your development there in Tempe, and that’s kind of a, that’s a, that’s kind of a wild card that, that doesn’t come up too often, but are there any other larger developments that have tried to try to incorporate this type of or missing middle into their Dan (25:49): Developments? Yeah, it’s yeah, the cul-de-sac in Tempe is definitely sort of at an extreme in terms of progressive and innovative. And I would love for every one of our clients to be asking for a car-free community, but we’re not quite there yet. Maybe, maybe after, or cul-de-sac a little bit further along, but a, a couple of things is many of the early urbanist neighborhoods, like a Kent lens project like integrated Haber sham in Beaufort county, South Carolina or even daybreak in salt lake city integrated a pretty nice range of missing little housing. It, it was mostly single family detached, so it’s, it’s definitely worth looking at those because they’ve been around for, for quite some time. But you know, daybreak in particular is a really interesting example and that’s where our muse homes project got built within. And it’s been so successful that it’s really, and the values have gone up so much that it’s really, they’re needing to get more innovative about smaller or footprint, more compact. Dan (27:06): I’ll use the D word higher density. I don’t like it, but higher yield housing type. So it’s a really interesting case study and how it’s evolving and they’re now shifting a little bit to more of their downtown area. So it’s gonna be interesting to see that. So I think those are interesting. You know, the, I, I, when I was pick trying to pick case studies for my book, there’s an entire chapter of private sector developer driven case studies. I try to pick a really broad range because I didn’t want anybody to think, well, there’s only one way or one scale or one type of developer are doing this range of projects, because, so I picked, you know, starting with, you know, a planner architect, colleague of mine, Garland Woodsong, you know, deciding he was gonna buy a single family home in Portland and convert it into a one into a triplex and one into a fourplex. Dan (28:01): And, you know, part of the lesson and learned with that, that case study was he, he did a great job. He was very passionate about it, but like his returns were pretty minimal, like in the end, because there were just so many barriers and added costs and just complexities of, of rent, you know, converting a home mm-hmm that it’s doable, but you have to be really thoughtful about it. And then, you know, it, it, it, it, it includes, you know, puck neighborhoods, projects like cul-de-sac and, and Prairie queen, but, you know the, the other project that I really like is the cottages on the green project. That’s the case study in there in Greenwich road island done by our colleagues at union studio architecture and community design. And it’s just a really great example of, you know, small town near downtown vacant. Dan (28:56): How big is the lot, I think it was like just under just under acre and 15 units. So, and it’s the, it’s all one story, really small footprint cottages. So I think that unfortunately there’s, there’s not like one place that you can go visit to see a lot really good missing middle, because it’s usually just kind of sprinkled around in terms of smaller scale. So it’s just, you kind of have to just pick and choose. And you know, I’m excited about the success of a project like Prairie queen, which is 40 acres. We, we, we didn’t really assume when we were first you know, branding this idea and creating this concept that, that we would be working at that big of a scale. We thought it would be more sort of incremental sort of lot by lot in fill. Dan (29:51): But it’s, it’s, it’s nice to work at that scale and prove that, that it can compete with other actually it’s outperforming class say multifamily projects in the Omaha Metro. Oh, wow. And then, sorry, on the other side, there’s a place like a south bend Indiana, which we did some great work with the city of south bend. And we were looking at downtown near Northwest neighborhood, which was in a, had been in a state of disinvestment for 40 plus years. Lot of vacant, lots other houses ready to fall over, but the city had this idea of, well, what if we remove the single family zoning and enable missing middle will it, will it encourage private sector investment in these neighborhoods? And so we, we created a pellet of missing middle types. They, we ran poor profit analysis on it. Actually incremental development Alliance did that work, and it proved that the missing middle types were viable. They were feasible. And so the city actually has already changed their zoning to allow that private sector investment, and it’ll, it’ll have a tremendous impact on that kind of neighborhood. So it’s there, there’s a really nice range of, of ways these types are being applied in, in different high value markets and low value markets cross country. Matt (31:16): Yeah, yeah. That it’s, it’s like you said, it’s tough to nail down just one, one way to develop these type of, of projects because it, it can happen at a single lot level to all the way up to 40 acres or more, you know, eventually, potentially what kind of financing do you typically see? I know we, we talked about that as being a barrier, and there’s obviously different ways that you can, you can attack this. I mean, you could look at condo style or department style if we’re looking at like more of the single lot level, but are there any certain financing mechanisms as you’ve seen as, as more popular for those looking, maybe we’ll just kind of look at a single lot level, you know, somebody’s, that’s looking yes. At that scale, I guess say. Dan (32:15): Yeah. It’s, I mean, what a lot of people don’t understand is that you can use a conventional Fred Mac a mortgage to build up to four units. Mm-Hmm so a lot of people think it’s, oh, that’s just a mechanism to buy single family homes, but to get a mortgage for a single family home, but it can actually be used for up to four units. You know, a lot of the projects we’re missing middle projects, especially at that just one lot scale are actually just using conventional financing. And I would say in the past five years in particular that has been more easily accessible. You know, I, I remember when I, I was writing the barriers chapter in my book, I reached out to a, a colleague of mine, Michael Lander, who’s a developer and he’s, he’s a developer from Minneapolis now lives in San Francisco, but he started out with missing middle and has sort of expanded into small, mixed use projects now. Dan (33:17): But I asked him, you know, can we have a discussion about, you know, financing barriers? And he’s like, well, there’s in, in his mind, there were, he was just like really confirmed. Like, there’s not really any barriers for financing this . So I was like, oh, well, that’s, you know, that’s not what I heard in these other places. But I think even just over the course of the last two and a half to three years, it’s really changed in a way that just based on where the lack of obtainability and the need for housing in every community, across the country, that even banks who five years ago wouldn’t have financed these kinds of projects are now more openminded and more willing to, to provide that financing for these projects. And you know, I’m also seeing a lot of private equity larger equity groups that are mission driven that are looking for missing middle projects to, to invest in. So that’s a really exciting sort of evolution that I’m seeing as well. Matt (34:20): Yeah. Yeah. That’s there’s always, there’s always an option, right. we can always, always find ways around to, Dan (34:30): You know, in the stories I heard last week at the small developers meet up in Healdsburg was a lot of, lot of these developers, their first projects, they were like, they asked their mom and add for, you know, $5,000 or what, you know, it’s like, they just kind of patch together, like enough money through friends and family to like, make that first small project happen. Mm-Hmm , which seems like a pretty common story. And that’s another reason to start small is like, you can sort of, you know you know, learn your lessons and on a small project and then build some equity and then move on to the next one. So right. It’s another reason for, for a smaller start strategy, Matt (35:12): Right? Friends and family. Yes. Come in handy sometimes. yes. Great, great. So you know, we, we touched on this a little it at near the beginning, you mentioned that there’s, there’s certain places that have something that’s not really tangible, but you know, it’s there and you know, it, you have that feeling you can’t describe it. And oftentimes it’s, that’s kind of what I hear about the term. Placemaking more of a you know, at a holistic level, what, like what it, what it feels like, what it looks like, but I, I’m always interested to hear people’s definition of placemaking. So I’d be curious to hear, you know, Placemaking’s kind of got this buzzword feel that, that came about fairly recently and, and just be interested to hear your thoughts on, on this subject. Dan (36:11): Yeah. It, I, I think you’re right, it’s it, I mean, it means a lot of different people, the different things, different people. And I think it, it means different things in different contexts as well. But I think just as I was thinking about this is like, just at a very general level is like a good place is a type of place where you know, your neighbors, right? You have a good connection with your neighbors. Mm-Hmm, , you know, the neighbors are hosting like block parties, you know, often say that the neighbor, the neighborhoods with the higher percentage of missing middle are also probably the neighborhoods that have the best block parties you know, it’s, but that’s, it’s, it’s that social aspect, it’s delivering mobility choices. Mm-Hmm right. Getting, getting, getting people out of their cars or giving them a choice that they don’t wanna in a car walking, biking grab the bus, jump on a train. Dan (37:03): And then diversity is, is really important in my mind, I guess, both economic and sort of racial diversity, you know, everyone in a, in a great place, everyone has the opportunity to be part of that community and, and feels welcome. And so, like, it’s, it’s almost like a lot of that’s intangible and it’s not actually designed, but like those are the, in some ways it’s the, it’s the result. But I, I think that’s just very general, like, you know, what I think about when I think about placemaking is, is just that social aspect and the equity D piece and just making sure everybody’s has the opportunity to be part and is, is, is feeling welcome. Matt (37:47): Yeah. Yeah. That’s and, and you know what you’re saying, the, to create that walkable community in a way reinforces the other other items that you discussed about, you know, social yeah. And racial diversity and social connection. Cause you’re getting out of the car you have more touch points, you know, it’s, it’s a little more social than having to jump in your car and not talk to anybody and drive . Dan (38:20): Yeah. For the first, for the first 10 years of Optico, our offices were one long block from my house. And so every day, you know, several times a day, probably at the beginning, end of the day and lunchtime, I was walking my dog back and forth, you know, that block long block to my office. And I was always running into people, running into my neighbors. And that’s invaluable. My neighborhood also has, you know, I would say about 20% of the lots have missing middle. And so what that enables is, you know, we, we realize at some point a couple years know that our our daughter’s first grade teacher lived in the triplex, another in the second unit her daughter, which was a third grade teacher at the same school lived. And then the third unit was occupied by like, like the AU and son-in-law who was a PE teacher at the middle school down the street. So it’s like, you know, it’s kind of those intangible things and opportunities and options that, that the, the housing choice and the walkability delivers that’s really important. How do Matt (39:32): You achieve that type of place, making that type of feel in your own designs, in your own consulting and, and, and what you do. Dan (39:41): Yeah. And I think that you know, this also ties back to the, the, the question you, you included, which was like, what’s, what’s inherent in a missing middle project if it’s done correctly or mm-hmm , or what’s made successful. And I think in terms of, of an approach our missing middle projects are typically different than anything else on the market. That’s been newly constructed, I think just as a start. And it’s, it’s great for our clients because they don’t have any competition. sure. It’s also great for the people who are looking for that choice and it hasn’t been delivered. You know, in, in the Prairie queen neighborhood, there’s been a, a flood of downsizing baby boomers, who said, we’ve been wanting to sell our big suburban house for seven years, but we don’t wanna live in a garden apartment complex. Dan (40:34): Mm-Hmm we wanna rent. We don’t wanna own anymore. We wanna to, we don’t wanna live in a garden apartment, but we also don’t wanna live downtown, like in an urban condo or apartment building. And so when they, they found this missing middle neighborhood, like, this is exactly what we, you know, this neighborhood scale is what we want. You know, these, these projects are not driven by conventional market studies or what’s been done in the past. Like, you know, when I was preparing for a ULI presentation recently, I was looking, just being more thoughtful about thinking about how to present our project and realize that the majority of our projects are clients. None of them do a conventional residential market study. And most of them are simply relying on their own knowledge and expertise in the market. And they’re still being very thoughtful, but they’re not looking in the rear view mirror. Dan (41:23): And, and then from a design standpoint, it’s, it’s, you know, outside of the individual lot scale, it’s a mix of types, you know it’s, you know, creating a sense of place, not just a project is, is, you know, back to the placemaking standpoint, cuz people are really longing for that. And I think COVID has only sort of made that even stronger, a focus on the public realm, you know, the streets mm-hmm, the, the public, the park, the plazas, the small public spaces, how the buildings activate them, just some really seems like basic stuff, but you would be surprised at how often it’s missed. And then just a mix of price points is really important. We, we, you know, we, you know, we don’t wanna create places that are only attain of to a, a high level of the market. And unfortunately some of our projects are so successful and there’s such a, a rarity that they end up costing more for people to live in than we would like. But the more we can build the, the more we can be successful in achieving that. Obtainability, and, and I think we’re always we’re is delicately balancing and trying to prove that good design does not have to equate to expensive construction and delivery. And mm-hmm, our muse homes project. The Prairie queen project are, are both really have proven that that’s very possible. For sure. Matt (42:51): Yeah. And you touched on all those items. So we had talked about earlier about walkability and yeah. Creating that, that sense of place and diversity and everything. So, yeah, that’s awesome. Dan (43:03): Yeah. And, and, you know, I think the other thing I’d like to mention is there’s a delicate, always a delicate balance between yield and usability and placemaking right. We wanna get as many units as we can for our clients to make sure that they can deliver the, the, the houses at good price points, but we don’t want to compromise the placemaking, which a lot of projects just, it’s always just to exercise about how many units you can cram onto a site. And you know, I think from a, I often like to remind architects that missing middle architecture is an architecture of restraint. like good missing middle buildings, rarely have that kind of look at me mentality. It’s usually like let’s just fit in and be part of the neighborhood. And so I think a lot of architects actually forget that at, and they wanna do something that’s flashy and like, looks like a spaceship that landed in a neighborhood. And I’m not saying that you can’t do contemporary architecture. I love all type of design. It’s just like, let’s be restrained about it and, and let it fit into a neighborhood. And so that’s another point I like to make. Matt (44:16): Yeah. And we could spend a whole nother episode on those two points. Yes. . So looking forward, what would you say or what would you like your, your legacy to be there at optics and missing middle as a whole? Maybe you can break those out into two different, Dan (44:38): You know, Matt, Matt, before we go there, can I, can I answer one other question that I loved on your list with what keeps me up at night related to this? Okay. Then we can jump quickly. I know you need to go soon, but but like, I, I think the biggest fear I have is that both cities and states are getting the implementation wrong. Okay. And that really makes me anxious because if we get this wrong and really bad results get delivered, that aren’t achieving a Team ability, there’s gonna be a true, tremendous pushback. Mm-Hmm this isn’t an, there’s not an easy solution. There’s not a one size fits all solution. And we just need to be more thoughtful about this and cities are waiting too long to number two, they’re we waiting too long to address this. Dan (45:28): And I, I don’t understand cities and planners. Don’t, aren’t actually realizing how bad their zoning actually is. Like 99% of zoning codes that we’ve picked up in the last 10 years have been tremendous barriers. Very few of them enabled this. And then the, the last piece is just like, I, I don’t know why. Well, I do know why, but the, the, the, the pace of change within the development industry, mm-hmm to deliver more housing choice. Just, it, it, it baffles me both in terms of delivering choice, more choices, non-single family, but also delivering walkable urbanism. So the, those sorts of things, like, I think we, we need to start tackling as the, the, the discussion about missing middle I, and we’re, we’re really thinking about, well, how can we be effective at implementing it? I’m just Matt (46:17): Curious on this last point. Yep. Do you think that’s because the data is lacking at the moment or is it just because it’s not, it’s not I guess popular yet, is it, is it it both, or what do you think Dan (46:35): Is it change is hard, especially if you’re a publicly traded company. Right. And it’s, it’s, I think most developers understand that they need to be changing, but the change is it’s just hard to make the change at a fast enough pace. Mm-Hmm to, to really respond in a way that’s needed. I mean, Chris Nelson’s research that he did for the chapter. My book proved that 60% of all housing built between now and 2040 would need to be missing middle housing to meet the demand. right. We’re not, we’re ne there’s almost no way gonna meet that, that number . But so the smart, you know, the, the developers who are, who are tackling this are doing really well right. And, and they’re delivering that choice, but it’s, it’s in some ways it’s not surprising, but it’s really disappointing just the pace of change and how slowly the change is happening. Dan (47:36): But you know, jumping then jumping back to your, the question you asked about kind of what I would love for sort of the Opticos, Missing Middle legacy to be you know, I’m hoping that, you know, just, I want people to just really reflect upon the, the, the nature in which we, I guess, and I elevated the conversation about this need for housing choice and at obtainability and walkable urbanism, and, and found a way to effectively communicate the need for this broader range of housing choices and, and kinda use this this very easily and accessible concept of missing, able to do that. And I, I also feel like I, I would love to be seen as a, a major force behind the, a push be behind introducing a much needed new operating system for our zoning to really enable our zoning, to deliver walkable urbanism by. Dan (48:37): Right. And, you know, and, and, you know, just as importantly, if not more importantly, that you can have an impact and be mission driven as a company, but still function as a four for profit entity. And I, I, I like to, to, to reinforce that we do this without, without a diva attitude as well. , I think there’s a lot of people that are sort of seeing the successes like we have, but they, you know, they ha come with an attitude. And I, I, I like to feel we’re very approachable. And we love having conversations with community members, council members, decision makers, you know, the full range of people about this, and it’s important to engage everybody. And so that, that’s what I’d really like to hope to see about kind of what people are saying about our efforts and my efforts in the, in the future. Matt (49:35): Well, you’re well, on your way, you, you’ve definitely made a, a, a dent in, in the missing middle conversation. You know, I mean, coin the term, right? So , that’s, that was big to actually come up with a vocabulary around it that people can actually Dan (49:54): Speak to. Yeah. You know, what it made it you know, for the longest time, even in our practice, we were talking about this range of housing types, but it wasn’t, it wasn’t tangible, or it wasn’t easy to communicate the message. And what this did is, is it gave it a brand and an identity. And when we created the diagram, it was something that anybody can point at and look at and go like, well, of course, we should be delivering this range of housing types. Why shouldn’t we, it almost makes it so rational that you can’t say no to it. So I think that was the real value. And, and like, I’m always surprised at any community Shrek process or public engagement, like you show the image and you no, no history of architecture, planning, just, just a member of the neighborhood. And they, they understand it and it’s used because either they lived in one of these, their kids do or have lived in one of these, they have a good friend that lives in one of these, my, you know, grandmother that lived in one of these, so that personalization makes it really successful and, and effective. Matt (51:00): Awesome. Awesome. Great. Well, I wanna thank you for all your time. I wanna give you a little time here just to let you tell us where we can find out more about what you’re doing, your mission, your brand Opticos Design & Missing Middle Housing. Dan (51:15): Can we, yeah, so there’s there there’s yeah, a couple of places. So company Opticos website is just opticosdesign.com. Feel free to sign up for our newsletter. We do about a quarterly newsletters. It’s just updates of projects missing middle housing.com, which we launched in 2016 as the precursor to the book, because there was so much interest in this information and the research we had done to get it out. I’m pretty active on LinkedIn. It’s just Daniel Parolek on LinkedIn. Feel free to reach out and less active on Twitter. I’ve sort of done less and less Twitter, but Daniel Parolek on Twitter as well. And yeah, feel free to reach out and connect and share your stories and always like to hear what other people are up to on the missing middle front, or for based code front walkable, urbanism as well. So I always love to connect with people. Awesome. Matt (52:13): Awesome. Thanks for all your time again, Dan.  To Learn More About Dan Parolek, Opticos Design, and Missing Middle Housing, Check out the Following Websites: LinkedIn – Dan Parolek LinkedIn – Opticos Design Opticos Design Website Missing Middle Housing Website Recommended Reading Section P.S. We spend (a lot) of time, sweat, tears, and money creating each episode of The Placemaking Podcast. We do this without the support of sponsors as we want to keep the advertisements out of the picture and provide an add-free listening experience. YOUR support ensures we can keep delivering these discussions ad-free!If you feel compelled to donate to the show (and receive some cool bonuses…) you can check out my Patron Page. The Weekly Real Estate Development Workshop Receive the latest news Subscribe To Our Weekly Updates Find Us Here Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin-in Youtube The Placemaking Podcast All Rights Reserved © 2020
66 minutes | Nov 17, 2021
Designing Vibrant Urban Infill Multifamily Development in the Twin Cities with Sean Sweeney – Ep. 58
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Designing Vibrant Urban Infill Multifamily Development in the Twin Cities with Sean Sweeney – Ep. 58 About the Guest Hello and welcome to Episode #58 of the Placemaking Podcast! Can’t wait to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Sean Sweeney, co-founder of Hall Sweeney Properties, an apartment developer that focuses on urban infill development. Sean focuses his efforts currently in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Sean has an eye towards details and design in his projects and focuses on bringing great housing options for those in the Twin Cities. His projects have won several awards for design and thoughtfulness in and around the Twin-Cities area. Sean is very active on Twitter and has been seen as an authority on the subject of urban infill multifamily development. He’s well worth a follow if you’re interested in the topic. ​In this episode, we look at how Sean started in real estate development, his definition of Placemaking and how it can be created great design and the keys to success that he’s found in urban infill multifamily development. There is tons of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Sean for taking the time out of his extremely busy schedule to discuss this topic of Creating Memorable Urban Infill Multifamily with me. As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. Show Notes Matt (00:00:00): Hey, welcome to the show, Sean. Sean (00:00:02): Hey, thanks for having me really appreciate it. Matt (00:00:04): Yeah. Glad to have you on here. You know, I follow you on Twitter as, as many of your followers do and enjoy all the discussions that you bring up. And you’ve got quite the following over the last couple of years. So I’m really excited for this conversation because you’re doing something that I envy and it’s, something that I’m hoping to try to reproduce myself in you know, initially a smaller scale, but worked my way up. SoI can’t wait to get into this conversation first off. Let’s just get a little bit more about your background where you started out and basically the Genesis of Sean Sweeney. Sean (00:00:52): Oh, no problem. So my, my career started in the early two thousands. I graduated from college in 2000, had a brief, but a unsuccessful stint as an actor in Chicago for a couple of years. I always tell people, I, I have some great stories and I met some really famous, interesting people during that time, but it wasn’t a good long-term plan. I didn’t want to be poor when I was 50 and live on people’s couches and all that. Just wait, waiting for my big break. So made a transition ended up being my girlfriend at the time. Who’s now my wife had gotten into grad school in California. I actually applied to law school as a kind of, you know, typical liberal arts major didn’t know what the heck I wanted to do. It was like, oh, I’ll go to law school. Sean (00:01:39): That’s probably a smart move. Spent a few months in Chicago, working at a law firm, and quickly realized that would probably not be a good fit for me. But my girlfriend had already planned to move and I wanted to come along. So I went for the ride. We ended up in the San Francisco bay area and I just, I took some time I was working a sales job, but I, that was just kind of a placeholder while I tried to figure out, excuse me, what, you know, what I really want to do. And I have an uncle who I talked to a bunch of different people in a bunch of different industries. Cause I didn’t, I didn’t grow up in a business house. So they, and grow up with, you know, that kind of talk around the dinner table. But what I, what I learned quickly was, you know, business is a, is a pretty great way to make a living. Sean (00:02:23): You know, you can do all kinds of really interesting things at the end of the day, even though you don’t learn this in college, most people end up in business in one way or another. You know, which in hindsight, I think probably everyone should have to take a business course or two and whatever level they end up in probable sales also because most of it, most of your career is, is business and sales, no matter what you do. I think so. But you know, as I was talking to people, I had an uncle who was, it was actually a developer at that time and was, was, had converted an old prison into condos and apartments. And it just was listening to him talk and hearing his passion for it and whatever. And it just, it kind of, it kind of hooked me right away over the phone. Sean (00:03:05): I was like, man, that’s awesome. And I, I, you know, he described himself as the quarterback of the team, you know, or the, or the coach is like, look, I’m not all, I’m not even the bass player. I’m just, I’m the guy kind of moving everybody around compared it to like what a movie producers on this, right? Like you, you know, you have the idea, you have the vision, but you have to find a director. You have to go get actors. You gotta, you gotta have money. You know, there’s all these, you know, you need to send a photographer, you need all these players that ultimately work together to determine the success or failure of a, of a movie. And, you know, he would kind of related that to real estate. And it just, it really clicked for me. And I, I thought it was super cool. Sean (00:03:44): I was, I’m old, I’m really old. So that was back in the day you had to run, you had to write cover letters and you know, and, and print out resumes and send them on carrier pigeons and hope they ended up in the right place. But, you know, nobody of course wanted to hire me because I had no experience, but I, I ended up long story short, talked my way into a receptionist job at tremble Crow in San Francisco and sat at the front desk and made copies and made coffee and did anything they wanted me to do. While guys, my age came in, who were lenders and analysts and other things, and I made coffee in doubt that what they needed, but those guys gave me a shot to move up quickly. And I worked there for six years and it was a great fit learned a time and had hoped to stay there forever. Sean (00:04:34): Like really loved it. We loved living in California, but like many I, the great financial crisis came just as I was hitting 30 and getting married and all of those things. And I tell people now the good news is I wasn’t further in my career where it would have wiped me out if I had much you know, deals, but I wasn’t far enough along that I, you know, that I could wait it out for three or four years in an expensive market like San Francisco, and then hope that it came back at some point. So we made a transition to Minneapolis or looked at some other cities and ended up here. My wife grew up here. I grew up in Madison, Wisconsin, so nearby and just fell in love with it here. The love, the city love the area. Sean (00:05:15): I love a lot of things about it and took a job for a couple of years as a tax credit developer. When I first got here to kind of get here and just figure, you know, get, basically get here and get established and start moving after a couple of years and pivoted and took an acquisitions role at a fund here that has since grown into, you know, a $3 billion fund, but we were quite a bit smaller in 2011 when I joined, but I was responsible along with one other guy for basically going out, buy deals all over the country. We bought, you know, 150 to 200 unit class B apartments in the suburbs, kind of all over the country. Gotcha. And garden style. The funny thing is you read about those, I’ll be in four and five caps. And I laugh because I remember thinking, God, this is a seven cap. Sean (00:06:02): Are we sure this is too risky, which is funny how time will change things? But I had been itching, you know, I, I miss, I really enjoyed working there. It was a great, great firm. Really helped me get established and get on my feet and, you know, make some, frankly make some money for the first time and give myself some more options. I’d always been really passionate about design and I missed building and I kind of thought, okay, you know, is there a way to do this in this structure? And it, it just, you know, kind of wasn’t the right fit for that long term. I read acquisitions, you’re saying, yeah, the firm was, wasn’t really set up to do development in that time. Ironically, they do it now. But at that point it wasn’t, you know, it wasn’t something they were doing. Sean (00:06:49): I rehabbed the house kind of on the side as a project to see, cause I kinda thought, you know, that would be a great fit for what I wanted to do. And, and I’ll tell you the year I spent working on that I was, I remember I realized I’m like, that was as hard as any project I built in San Francisco like that. And it does the light bulb kind of went off on like, okay, you know, you could do this, but you’re going to have to do 50 of them at a time, the whole team. And that, that wasn’t my plan either. So I ended up just deciding through a lot of different things that happened at once. We, it was kind of, one of those doesn’t make any sense on paper moves, but you know, my wife excuse me, we had just had our second kid. Sean (00:07:32): My mom, unfortunately, who had been sick for a while passed away and the Cubs won the world series all in like a 45 days stretch the guy I’m a lifelong Cubs fan. So it was a huge, it was a, yeah, it was a very crazy, like 45 to 60 day period in my life. And you know, it hit me. I mean, my mom’s death was tough, but it was also really eyeopening where she, you know, she was only 75. I was 38 at that time. And, you know, I kind of did the math and I’m like, holy, you know, I’m halfway there. I mean, and again, hopefully that, that I, you know, live longer than that, but that it was it was just one of those moments where you realize I gotta do this or I’m gonna wake up tomorrow and be 50 and still be asking myself the same question. Sean (00:08:21): Why didn’t I do that? So, yeah. So I plan, you know, I, I planned it out a little bit and just decided to go. And so in, in mid-2017, I lost the company I was at after six, six years, six great years, and started to look for apartment development, deals myself. My goal, my goal was just to literally find a consultant cause I, I had been making decent money at that point. My wife was, was, is a psychologist, but was staying home with our two little kids. And, you know, I realized quickly, any small amount of savings we have is going to get birthed through pretty quick, pretty quick, unless we change our life completely. And I had promised that that wasn’t part of the plan. And so I realized, you know, along with getting some deals going, I better figure out some consulting, or I better do something to keep the lights on. Sean (00:09:13): And my goal was just to do, you know, do consult for the first couple of years. And hopefully, within those first couple of years, I would find a one apartment site that smaller midsize deal that maybe I could convince some people to do and see what that, I mean, that was literally the business plan. The good, the good and bad news is, is that business plan failed miserably. I it turns out I’m a much better developer than I am consultants. And what I, what I was able to do is, is I was able to find sites a lot quicker than I was able to find consulting gigs. So I ended up getting, finding one site almost immediately got into it a little and then slipped it to another developer to make some quick cash and then title it, or it was just, it was straight up flip. Sean (00:10:09): It was very, it was very well located. This particular developer had built four or five projects up and down the same corridor. I knew it was the right size. I mean, it just, it just was a great fit for him. And I, I kind of realized that pretty quickly, you know, called them and I already knew him had a relationship with them. So it was a, you know, it was a good move. And what kind of dawned on me there that was you know, 30, 40 unit apartment building site. It occurred to me that those sites are all over town and, you know, it’s, I’m not, cause I was never going to be able to compete with guys looking for a hundred unit deals or 200 unit. I mean, there’s just no way. And I knew that, you know, do a duplexes or small, I mean, that was gonna, you know, that’s a whole different thing too. Sean (00:10:52): So I found that there was this little niche right in the middle and, you know, I’d love to say it was this grand plan that I had, but it was, it was really, you know, you get out there and you start turning over rocks and that’s where you start to see the opportunity first. Right. It wasn’t sitting at home analyzing it on a spreadsheet. Like what should I do, which I do. It was like, well, I’m just going to go out and start looking for deals and see what happens. But what ended up transferring from that is I got three sites under contract was in the first six months. I started my own company and convinced a couple of people thankfully to back me and, and, and off we went everything was going really well for awhile. Ran into some, some trouble on the first one that was a lawsuit and some other things, the that we were dealing with, which, which was tough, delayed our start by a year also delayed my, my first paycheck for a year which was, which at that point was, was really tough. Sean (00:11:49): But you know, after grinding through it for the first couple of years and putting a bunch of sites together, get involved, I was really thankful. I had one partner and I had another couple of guys I was working with who were awesome about like pulling me into a couple of other deals cause they needed some help. So it worked out really, really well for me. But after, yeah, after, you know, three years we had built 4, 5, 4 or five projects and after four years we’ve built six and I’ve got the seventh, 100 construction now and eight, nine and 10 in the pipeline. And so I totally failed on my goals, but I joked that I, yeah, I didn’t, but I, you know, I’m so far, so much further ahead already than where I thought it would be. So it’s weird in my book. Matt (00:12:36): Definitely. And we covered a lot right there, there was, there’s a lot that happened. Can we, can we rewind a little bit back to your time at Trammell when you started out as a recession? It’s that’s, that’s just an amazing kind of little story side story because it’s just a way to get in the door. Right. You know, you’re, you’re trying to find a job in real estate development just to understand what it was about and you’re able to get in at, you know, what others might scoff at, but it turned out Sean (00:13:17): To be Matt (00:13:17): A pretty good, good plan for you. I’m sure you got a lot of, like he said, you got a lot of slack for that. How did you kind of convince yourself to keep with it? Sean (00:13:29): Sure. No. So I, the DSO, the couple things that were working in my favor one was this particular branch or this, this outfit of Trammell was it was a small group. There were only four people. So there were two principals, a vice-president, and an office manager. So I wasn’t one of the things working to my advantage. I didn’t have to leapfrog 50 people. You know, I got into a small team, which was great. So that really helped because I got to work with everybody. You know, it wasn’t like I didn’t meet the owner for 10 years. Right. It was like, you know, I was the second day I was helping them with stuff. So we were, we were, you know, they got to know me quick. And I actually lived about an hour and 10 minutes away from the office at that point while my wife was going to school. Sean (00:14:13): So I commuted an hour and 10 minutes each way. So they, they, I mean, they, they, they realized really quickly. I was either super dedicated or I was a complete idiot. And I think they kept me around to find out, luckily, luckily I think, luckily I think my passion showed pretty quickly, but I, I was also, you know, I was also vocal about my goals and what I was trying to achieve there by sit by saying, look, I’m not, you know, you guys know I’m not here to be the receptionist. I’m willing to, I’m willing to do this, but my goal is to be sitting where you are and I want to learn from you and I will do anything and everything you want me to. And, you know, for the first year that meant making coffee and making copies. But they did being that it was a small firm. Sean (00:14:59): They gave me the opportunity, you know, a couple of, one of the, the VP came to me after about three months and was like, do you know how to, you know, he was just buried. He’s like, do you know how to do Excel? And I said, sure, I had no idea what it was, but yeah, I went home at night and kind of figured out what it was and how to do it started, you know, started quickly doing spreadsheets. And, and I just, I tried to make myself as invaluable as like, you know, I just, I became the it guy. I became the reception and I was doing all these different things. And all of a sudden it was like, they need me, you know what I mean? I mean, as silly as that sounds I was doing a ton of stuff. Sean (00:15:32): So it, it was hard. I mean, it was one of those things and it’s kinda like when I started my own company, it didn’t make any sense on paper, but it was one of the times. I mean, it’s interesting. Cause it was one of those where my gut told me to do it. My gut said, if you get in here and this is the, you know, they’re, they’re, you know, they’re who they say they are, you can adhere yourself to them. You’re going to hustle. Like this is gonna, this could work out. Right. And, you know, cause of course all my friends at the time who I told I was considering it, they were like, why would you ever do that? That’s ridiculous. And you know, I did it for very little. I did it for a reception of salary too. So in the bay area making $40,000 a year, I was, I was, you know, it was not as, not like I was crushing it. Sean (00:16:17): I was barely paying my rent. And, but the, the great piece of it was, you know, I trusted my gut and it worked out and it was that I got that same feeling when I went, when I was debating, starting my own company. Right. And the beauty is I had tested that theory out three or four times in the past. So I knew, I knew that I could trust that and try something. So I took, you know, it was, it was probably one of this pharmacist or I’ve made in hindsight to take that role because it changed the course of my career. Big time. Matt (00:16:47): Absolutely. Let’s, let’s fast forward. Now you talked about having that same gut feeling, you know, when you started your company, what did that discussion look like with your wife? Sean (00:17:03): Yeah, no, it’s good. I, I mean, I, I will tell you my wife doesn’t like half-baked plans. My wife doesn’t want it, especially when it comes to something like that. And that, again, that is something we had been married. Let’s see a, I dunno, somewhere between eight and eight, around eight years at that 0.7 or eight years at that point we had been, we dated for seven years before we got married. We we’d known each other for a long time, so I knew better. I knew better than to go to her with any half-baked idea. Here’s what I’m thinking. You know? So when I, when I approached her about it and she knew admittedly, I mean you know, she knew that it wasn’t maybe a great longterm fit where I was so that, you know, that piece wasn’t a surprise. But I came to her when I had all the pieces in place. Sean (00:17:52): I didn’t, I didn’t come to her and say, here’s what I’m thinking. Cause she would’ve been like, you’re in a, you’re an idiot. No. But I can’t, honey, I got this gut feel I need to move on. I need to move on that, that wouldn’t have worked in medullary. That would have been irresponsible. Right. I had, they, you know, she relied on me. I had two young daughters, you know, I mean, it wasn’t my place just to go do something foolish. So I planned it out pretty well. I had a couple of consulting gigs lined up. I had my eye on a couple of sites and you know, the other thing was I had done well enough at my last job that we had, you know, eight, it’s funny. I will admit this. She asked me how much money, how long can we go before, before we’d be in trouble. Sean (00:18:36): And I told her a year, I told her a year, the reality, it was about eight months. But yeah, that was the one line we, we w w we laugh about it now. But the other thing she told me, it was at first, it was funny when I told her that I was going to do it. I said, honey, I think, I think it’s time. I’ve got a plan in place. I think I’m going to quit. And she laughed and said, okay, that sounds good. And I said, no, no, no, no, no. Like, I’m going to go put my two weeks notice in next week. And she was like, oh, I thought you meant like five years from now. Yeah. So that was funny. But I just said, look here, here’s the plan. Here’s what I’m thinking. You know, I’ve been issued to kind of move, you know, I’m not, I’m not happy here anymore. Sean (00:19:22): And I said, and she said that, you know, that’s fine. Let’s, let’s, let’s give it a whirl. But here’s what I need you to do. And I said, sure. And she said, look, in three months, we have to have some, some sort of check-in plan where, you know, I understand she was like, you’ve been doing real estate long enough. I understand. You’re not going to have an empire in three months. Like, you know, that’s not, I get, I get that, that, which is like, you gotta be making progress. And I’m like, that’s, that’s totally fair. So she’s like, you know, after three months, let’s sit down and see where you are. And if you’re nowhere, you know, it’s only been three months, let’s give it three more months and then see where you are. And then after that, let’s give it three, you know, basically. Sean (00:20:01): But the point was, let’s not wait until we’re down to our luck. If you’ve got no traction in six months or nine months or a year, let’s not wait until we’re down to our last penny. Before we, before you, you know, we, we think about what the other alternative, sorry. I thought, yeah, I was, I mean, I tell people this all the time, this is, you know, I get my, I get way more, I get an unfair share of credit for things that have gone on in the past few years for me and our family. But it’s, you know, I’m, I’m responsible for maybe 50%. I mean, she’s, you know, I wouldn’t, there’s no chance I’d be doing this without her. That’s awesome. And so, you know, the good news is I had a lot of traction right away. The bad news is it didn’t pay for a long, so I kind of got us into this like pickle of like, We got too much, we got too much going on now that I can’t quit. I can’t let it go, but it’s not going to pay us in the timeframe we thought. So. Yeah. But we just buckled down and we made it. Yeah, it’s been, we’ve been, we’ve been real fortunate. So Matt (00:21:10): Yeah, no, that’s not my dog. I don’t talk about as much, but it’s, it’s fun to hear people’s stories, especially, you know, you really need, if you’re starting out after you’ve got a career after you have a wife, you have is, you know, you get, there’s a, that transition point is such a big inflection point to your trajectory. And, you know, if, if your partner’s not on board, it could make for a tough time. So yeah, no, that’s, that’s great that there is that, that discussion, the check-in points it might help somebody else out. That’s trying to figure out how to break it to their special someone. How can I mentally prepare them for this? That’s awesome. So let’s let’s kind of fast forward a little bit more to, you know, your, your first true projects that went vertical and then going forward, what, what is your ideal project look like? What was your, was your typical? Sean (00:22:14): Yeah, it’s, you know, it’s funny because I would have given you a different answer every year. We, we, my, my partner, Jeff and I are, is we hired a, an associate a couple of months ago. And we were just telling her this story yesterday, about how, when, when I started, we, we kinda thought we were going to be these niche neighborhoods, like 30 to 40 unit dies. And we were just going to run that we were going to run that for 20 years and that was going to be our, our deal. And we did three or four of those. And that we got a little bit bigger. We did a 91 unit, and now we’re doing 125 units and we’re going to start a 200 unit in the spring. And we, I mean, it’s just what we’ve just kept growing or our, our deal size has grown. Sean (00:22:58): So we don’t, I mean, it’s funny, we don’t have a typical or a, we don’t have kind of an ideal deal cause it keeps changing. It seems like it keeps changing every year. But we’ve been really, I mean, we started out, we really wanted to do really well-designed kind of neighborhood infill and we’re still doing really well designed neighborhood infill. But I will tell you the scale of the projects is just growing. And that, that hasn’t been as much. I mean, it’s been somewhat of a, you know, driven by us, but we’ve been really, I mean, we’ve just been beyond fortunate in the sense that our early projects got a lot of press. I’ve just got a lot of notoriety and a lot of eyeballs. What happened quickly is just people, you know, we just had more opportunities we could handle, you know, we, we were just really, really lucky that, you know, people kept coming to us and stuff and it just stuff that people were bringing us got bigger and bigger. Sean (00:23:54): And as we were, as we were able to show investors and other people that we’ve, we’ve executed really successfully on the other stuff, you know, people were willing to back us on bigger and bigger stuff. And now, I mean, our last deal, we had to turn investors away. We had, we had more, we had more than we could handle. So, and that was on our largest deal ever. So it, you know, it’s been interesting. But I think big picture for us. And we are, you know, we’re, we’re, you know, we’re ebbing and flowing with the market and the way things change sometimes. But I don’t think we’ll ever be suburban garden style builders. I think we’re always going to be really, well-designed kind of urban infill builders. I do, I will admit that we are likely, you will likely see some suburban projects from us in the coming years. Sean (00:24:46): But they’re gonna be urban-suburban if said, you know, I mean, they’re gonna be on main street. They’re gonna be on main street in suburbia. They’re not going to be out in the corner. Does that make sense? You know, there’ll be, there’ll be those where we look at our role. I mean, our, I think our expertise and our specialty as developers is we’re not, you know, we’re not going to do a big master plan community or a large scale, you know, create a new community out in the middle of nowhere. We really look at the existing infrastructure and the existing puzzle that’s already there and we try to fill pieces in, right? Like we try to stick, oh, Hey, what’s missing in this little area or this little puzzle. And we, that’s what we do when, you know, when sites, when, when we get the opportunity with new sites or we get the opportunity to evaluate new sites. Sean (00:25:33): We’re not programmatic where we say, okay, this has to be a five over one building with 140 to 142 units in this month. I mean, we really do whole holistically look at each site and think about it for a long day. We drive people nuts who we’re trying to buy from, because they’re like, well, what’s your number? What’s your number. We gotta think about this. It’s gotta feel right. So we’ll, you know, we’ll, we’ll take our time. And you know, and, and honestly I kid about that some of most times we’ll, we’ll, we’ll quickly figure out about what can be built and then we’ll put it under contract and then we’ll do some more of the deep thinking. But, you know, we’ll, we’ll spend a long time really just driving around the neighborhood, walking around the neighborhood, going to have, you know, we spend a lot of time on foot in the neighborhoods and try to understand the vibe and to try to really think about what’s missing here and why, you know, I mean, we’re, you know, we’re housing developers, so we know it’s going to be some form of housing, but, you know, are they missing big luxury units for seniors? Sean (00:26:34): Are they missing small micro units for millennia? Like what, what really needs to be here? What are the exterior materials? I mean, there’s all kinds of stuff that we should we really through for a long time before we do anything. Matt (00:26:46): Yeah. Is there just curious, is there a certain neighborhoods that you you know, you frequent, is that, is that how that works? You have kind of your areas or is it zip codes or neighborhoods? Sean (00:27:02): Yeah, I mean, so far it’s been it’s just been the city of Minneapolis in, in certain neighborhoods. We, I mean, we do know that that’s been, I would say, you know, one of our advantages is, is we just know, I mean, I, you can tell me an address in Minneapolis and I can pretty much tell you what zone what’s missing in that area, but we’ve just really, really studied the city really well. So we know it, you know, we know like the back of our hand we can, you know, we’re, we’re, we’re looking for established neighborhoods typically where again, we’re, we’re, you know, we feel like that’s a really big risk mitigation strategy where there’s already existing infrastructure that can be transit, that can be parks, that can be restaurants and retail. It’s already a desirable place to live to some degree for, you know, for various reasons. And then we’re, we’re putting a piece of a new piece of the puzzle in that existing neighborhoods. So we’ve done, you know, six projects around the city it’s literally meant to in one neighborhood to another neighborhood. So you know, but they all share similar similar characteristics. Right. Matt (00:28:08): Gotcha. Yeah. So Minneapolis is your sandbox. Sean (00:28:15): Yeah. And we are expanding it a little bit, as I said, we’re, you know, we’re, we’re starting to inch out into some other areas and you know, over the next several years, depending, depending on how things go and you, yeah. You may see us pop it up in more places than you’d expect, but we’ll see. Yeah. Matt (00:28:31): Cool. And you, you mentioned, you like to just find what, what fits in a certain area, but obviously you’ve got your, your, your typical, I mean, it’s residential, your size can vary, but, you know, I think a lot of that comes down to, I like to throw around the word placemaking as trying to, to kind of create a, a place that just feels right. And I always like to hear what other people think about the term placemaking, and it’s kind of been kind of a, a buzz word recently over the last few years, but, you know, and it has a bunch of meanings to different people, but in your own words how would you describe placemaking? Sean (00:29:21): I am a fan of the term. I like the term, which is that that’s, I think that’s how I think about development. I see it as a big responsibility. I think that and, and this is certainly not a knock on anybody else in any, anyway, shape or form. I think most developers fall into, or two buckets. And one of them was kind of the programmatic. We we’ve got a plan and we’re just going to go put that plan where it makes us, which, you know, is it works really, really well. And it’s usually financially pretty rewarding. And a lot of, a lot of folks do that. I think there’s another bucket of developers who, who think of it probably more like I do where each sites is more unique. You know, we’re not as programmatic with what we’re building. Sean (00:30:09): And it’s really about what what’s missing. What, what should be there? How do we, I mean, the thing that always goes through my head when I’m putting a new project together is how is this going to make life better in this area? You know, what is this going to do to improve? I think that’s ultimately for me, what placemaking is about is improvement is, is, is making you know, is, is hopefully making the quality of life for everyone that interacts with the building that lives by the building that, that now has the building there better. Matt (00:30:43): Yeah. And there’s not really a good, tangible way to create it, honestly, other than you know, you guys are very, very into design and creating these that are not just not just an apartment building or a residential multi-family side. It is a truly, truly enhances visually aesthetically the area too. I guess we’ll step back here was your initial workflow look like when you’re looking at a piece of property or a walking by a certain piece and, and jumps out of you, what’s the next step? Sean (00:31:26): Sure. Well, we’re, we’re in a nice position now. I think given some of the, you know, good solid luck we’ve had over the past few years where most of the new sites I’m evaluating now are somebody bringing it to my attention. You know, I remember as I, as I said, when I quit my job, I was pounding the pavement. Like you’ve never seen before I was backing out doors, I was calling people. I was looking up addresses, you know, I was, I mean, cause I was nobody, I mean to the market. Right. And I had I had a straight, straight scrap and Claude and find deals. You know, not that it’s fair that it’s it’s changed, but now, you know, it’s, it’s really nice to be able to answer the phone and, and evaluate, do I want to spend time looking at this one or don’t die? Sean (00:32:13): That may change, you know, the market could change and that may go away and I might go back to knocking on doors. But what, what w what I look for a couple of things we do right away is one, is this just big, you know, again, to, to that puzzle and to that place-making, is this a spot that I want to be? And I look at it as, is this a spot I want to be for the next 30 years? You know, I’m not, I’m also, you know, Jeff and I, my partner and I are long-term holders for the most part, we, you know, we feel like we put our blood, sweat and tears into these projects and, and, you know, we try to place make, and we’re not, we’re not going to do it for short term profits. I mean, we’ll you know, that’s not to say over the course of my career, I’m not going to sell a building. Sean (00:32:57): I mean, that’s, you know, we have investors and other folks that, you know, we owe a fiduciary responsibility to, and we’ll certainly take care of them when we need to, in those, in those instances. But that’s just not, you know, I think that’s not just big picture, how we look at it. We look at it as like, you know, what is this somewhere we want to be for the next 30 years? And if it is, I mean, and that’s, that’s a pretty quick, right. You know, your market. Well, you do know that pretty quick that doesn’t take a lot of brain power. And then it’s, it’s, you know, usually a couple of things. I’ll do kind of a quick check on the zoning. I’ll just check a couple, you know, a couple of the low hanging, right. Can I, can I even build apartments here? Sean (00:33:36): Can I do some of that? Usually in a few minutes, you can quickly determine if it’s even worth spending more time on hopefully I’ve got at least some sort of price given to me, or some ballpark of like, you know, price and, and I’ve, I’ve done enough projects now that based on the square foot, if it’s in Minneapolis or somewhere nearby, based on the square footage of the site, I can get relatively close in my head on how many units can be there and I can, you know, so I can kind of ballpark a price pretty quick. And you know, if, if, if I think it’s 2 million and they’re asking nine, I’m not going to spend more on other, you know, spending more time on it. But, you know, if they, if they’re either like, look, we don’t know, you tell us what the price is, or they give me some ballpark that per unit or per square foot that seems, you know, at least reasonable I’ll, I’ll take the next step. Sean (00:34:23): That’s usually getting in touch with my architect and saying, you know, look confidentially. We’ve got, you know, this site X, Y, and Z is on the table. Can you, can you spend half an hour and just do a quick fit plan and let us know what you think can sit there. And here’s here’s. And I always, his first question to me is always, well, what’s the vision? What do you think goes there? And I have to, you know, so we’ll talk through that a little bit as to who I think would live there and why, and that kind of helps them think through how to structure it, how much parking, you know, how much parking do you need, all that stuff. I’m just curious in Minneapolis, is there parking minimums, or is it there used to be they’ve since gone away? Which is great, although I w which I will tell you, it was amazing from a flexibility standpoint everybody comes in from out of town now and thinks they can build projects without parking. Sean (00:35:15): The funny thing is the market hasn’t caught up to that yet, obviously. I mean, we’re not a city. Unfortunately we’re not a city yet. I guess the best way to say it is where you can live here and use transit pretty reliably and efficiently. I mean, it’s great and it’s growing every year and we’re making changes. And I, you know, I, I, I’m hopeful that in the, not too distant, that you could live here with a family without a car. And I’m sure somebody will write in and say, Hey, I lived there without it, but I’m talking in broad generalities. I mean, you know, most people with families have cars even in these apartments, you know, unless you work near right nearby, you either need a light rail or a bus or a car to get somewhere. If you’re, you know, if you have a partner, maybe in one of you works in one suburb and the other works, I mean, so we’re trying to build I guess the way I would say it is, we’re trying to build the least amount of parking hospital that way that we think will still work for the deal and for the, for the tenant. Sean (00:36:15): So that’s right now in most of our projects, that’s somewhere around 60 to 65%, I would say. So we’re a lot less than one-to-one, which is great. In most cases, again, it’s very project specific obviously, but you know, in some suburban deals you have to be one-to-one bedroom. So it just, it just kinda depends. Right. But once the architect, you know, their tech will take a couple of day or two can usually get back to me pretty quick with something. I will often call my general contractor then, and just double check, like, Hey, I’m looking at this deal. It’s 150 units in this location. Here’s our parking situation. Here’s this, here’s that? Am I, am I right? Is it right about 150 a door? Or what am I close? The good news is I’ve gotten pretty good now, or, you know, usually he’s just confirming what I assume, but construction costs have also moved a lot in the last seven months. Sean (00:37:06): So I feel far less confident now doing it then maybe I did a year ago. But I’ve got a great relationship with my architect and a great relationship with my builder. And they know if, if it goes through, they’re going to get the deal and we’re going to work together. So they helped me quickly put some pieces together. So, you know, that whole process, depending on their availability can take a date or two. So I feel like within a couple of days, I know about how many units I can build there and about how much it’s going to cost me. And then I can make, you know, a much more informed offer to somebody. And then it’s usually, yeah, that it’s, it’s make an offer. And hopefully it goes, we’ll see what happens. And we try to, I talked about this on Twitter a little bit. Sean (00:37:48): Some people think I’m nuts and some don’t, but you know, I always, I always try, I don’t want to own land unless I’m going to build on it. Right. so in a lot of instances, I try to buy land or get land under contract with a long enough due diligence period and a long enough closing period in which I can get project approval and at a minimum, hopefully get at least project approvals before I’m closing on the land. And then, I mean, in a perfect world, wait till construction, you know, wait, wait till I’m closing my construction loan and start the next day I did that on my last deal. It doesn’t happen every time, but it’s a nice feeling when you buy a piece of dirt and then literally there’s, you know, there’s, there’s backwards the next day. Yeah. That’s also, yeah, it works. It works sometimes it doesn’t work every time. Matt (00:38:37): So I was like, yeah, I was about to ask you, is do you, do you like to buy unentitled land? Sean (00:38:46): Yeah, I actually, so in a perfect world, I’m buying land, that’s already zoned for multi-family. But not necessarily, but not entitled. Does that make sense? Like, you know, a title? Yeah. I frankly never want to buy an approved site plan. I want to make my own site. Right. I mean, I don’t, I don’t, and that’s a great question. Cause I think, you know, some of the programmatic builders that’s a perfect deal for them, right? We already got this thing approved. You just got to step in and build it. You get the developer fee, et cetera, et cetera. But for me, I think, and especially as our company is growing and, you know, I would say our brand is growing a little bit as well. We have a certain aesthetic that I think we’ve become, we’ve become known for. And I think we need to create that from day one. I don’t, at least I haven’t seen the plan yet where I would feel comfortable buying it. Maybe, maybe that’ll come, but I want to do the plan myself. Matt (00:39:45): Okay. and let’s go back a little bit and you’re having these discussions with your, your architect that early about the field, the unit mix and everything from the start really. Sean (00:40:00): I mean, we’re, we’re you know, it’s, it’s obviously refined in great detail as you go and it can change, but I would tell you, we, it’s part of knowing your market really well and knowing where you’re building really well is now that we’ve done six, seven, like we know, I mean, I know that sounds silly, but like we know that soon probably who’s going to live there and it helps us keep that in mind from day one, which I think is, I think helps us design the project in a way that we always have our ideal tenant. Matt (00:40:36): Okay. And that ideal tenant just changes with the neighborhood essentially. Sean (00:40:42): Yep. I mean, for the most part, we’ve built a lot of what are called micro units. We we’ve built smaller units kind of somebody’s first or second apartment in, in these established neighborhoods. So we, we try to be not the low cost provider in our neighborhood, but we try to come in just slightly under where like a top of the market luxury class, a building comes in as far as rents and stuff like that, we’d like to be the cheaper alternative or the, I should say the less expensive alternative and our, basically our, our, our pitches, this building’s just as nice. It’s probably possibly aesthetically more appealing. The floor plans are just as good. If not better, maybe we don’t have 74 amenities. We have 23, but you know, your, your unit is slightly smaller, but super well-designed and we don’t waste a single inch and your rent is $200 cheaper than their yeah. And you’re in Matt (00:41:33): A, in a great place. Right. Sean (00:41:35): A great place. So we’ve had a lot of success with that so far. Matt (00:41:39): Okay. Let’s, let’s kind of build on this discussion with the architect. Is this journals started picking up what you’re putting down, basically. How did that first discussion maybe with your, with your, your first building, how did you start to formulate that your ideal layout, your design, you said you’ve kind of built almost a brand around the type of design that you did. So like what did that first deal look like and how did you, how did that, I guess those discussions look Sean (00:42:17): It’s interesting. And it’s hard for me to say this without probably sounding like a weirdo. I’ve been obsessed with buildings ever since I can remember. And I, my wife always used to tell stories when we lived in San Francisco, we’d have friends come into town and they’d be like, where’s the bar, where’s this. And where’s that. And I’d always, we’d always be walking. You know, we were in our mid to late twenties, we walk it around and I always be like, oh, Hey, let’s go this way real quick. As six blocks away is this sweet house that you have to see because the awnings are just, and people are like, what? And it dawned on me pretty quickly that like, I seem to care about this a lot more. Sean (00:42:57): And you know, I, I, it’s funny as my career has evolved, I thought back to even when I was in high school and whatever, and I used to just drive around and look at houses for fun. And I never, like, it never dawned on me that that was like weird. Doesn’t everybody do that. And you know, as I got a little bit older and spent more time, obviously in the industry, I realized, huh, that’s, that’s interesting. That is a little bit different. And I always used to tell my wife that I don’t know if I’m in the right industry because nobody else seems to care about not care. That’s I don’t mean to say that nobody else seems to be as passionate about this piece as me. And, you know, I’m like, maybe I’m missing something here. Maybe I’m, you know, whatever. And she said to me, one day, I hear, hear those credits of her being smarter than me. Sean (00:43:49): You know, she said, did you ever stop to think that maybe that’s your advantage? How’s it go? Thank you. And so when I went in, I mean, I’ll tell you this. When I went into my first building, you know, the architect didn’t know me from, I mean, I was, I was literally nobody. I mean, nobody knew me. Nobody knew if I had any ideas of what to do, the architect kind of took a chance on because, you know, they were like, I don’t, I, I seem okay. Like the site’s good. So we’ll, we’ll see what happens. And I showed up to the first design meeting with 10 pictures and they were looking at me like, what? And I said, I want it to look like this you’re here are 10 inspiration that I want you to think about when you designed this book. And I had been collecting those for 20 years and they looked at me like I was nuts. Sean (00:44:40): I mean, they were kind of like, this is awesome or this like, again, there you go, it’d be right. Like, this is either going to work out really well, or really this is gonna be the worst client we’ve ever had. And I said, look, I, I just, I have an idea of what it wants us to look like. I think it should be super modern. I think it should have windows like this. And they said, help us, help us think through it a little bit more. So I took out a piece of paper and I literally drew it up and I’m like, here, this is what it should look like. And it, I don’t say this to toot my own horn. It’s basically what it turned out to. I do somewhere, I have to dig it up, but I I have I just have a clear picture in my mind of what I, what I want. Sean (00:45:28): I don’t, I don’t know how to explain it outside of that. But I have been really, really fortunate that, you know, that the architects that I worked with on that first deal, really, they just kind of they accepted, they just kind of let me go on with it. They kind of just said, fine, we’re going to just see what happens here with this guy. And now, you know, now that we have done some really great projects together we, you know, we had a meeting yesterday at their office and we’ve literally looked at Brooks for an hour and just thought, oh, we just sat there and talked about bricks for an hour. And that’s a hot topic, which, you know, normally is a waste of everybody’s time. It’s a waste of their time for sure. But it’s now part of our process. Like they, they, they end up, you know, they they’re like, look the longer we spent thinking about this, the better they seem to turn out. Sean (00:46:20): So let’s, let’s keep doing it together. But the first one, yeah, it was, I mean, and I’ll tell you Matt, on the first one, I didn’t think anybody would care. I was building it for myself and my wife to say, I tried it once. Just one time, I’m building my own vision just once. Right. And we’re just going to do it once the restaurant I’ll, if this doesn’t go well, fine, I’ll build boxes. I don’t care. Let’s just go. I did one and it just, you know, I mean, it got nominated for project of the year. It was one of the top 50 projects in Minnesota. We won every design award that there wa like, it just was, it just was a goofy, I mean, it was like, not in a million years of you expect any of that. But it was awesome, you know, it was awesome. Sean (00:47:12): And it was admittedly like for my first project to do that, I was like, great. And, you know, great to at least up in, if it was full a hundred percent full 40 days after we opened, I mean, in a, in a market where you know, we had the George Floyd tragedy a away and it was COVID and Andy and Dan, I mean, it just, you know, but it, I will tell you it it really convinced, I mean, it was kinda like, okay, the market, like there was some real I’m blanking on the word, but you know, it really validated the market also validated our idea. Right. Matt (00:47:54): Yeah. And so humble. I mean, obviously the market will celebrate people that are willing to take a chance and put a little more attention. I mean, that’s why people love older buildings, you know, the, the attention to detail the craftsmanship. And he said, it’s, it’s not guaranteed anymore. So to be able to put that little extra touch you know, when people, people, people notice, Sean (00:48:30): I appreciate that. And I said to somebody, I’ve said this a couple of times, one of my goals when I started AA, the first project was okay, this is just for me. I just want to see what happens. But after that I said, okay, you know, I want to create, I want a place make and create projects that somebody will drive by and stop and get out of their car or drive by and say, well, well, what was that? And on the, on this project, this first project I did, I had somebody do that. A guy I knew drove by and pulled over because he was so struck by, it took pictures of it. And after 10 minutes, there’s a guy not, I really well didn’t realize it was my project. And then saw the sign and was like, oh my God, he called me and was like, I can’t believe I’m about to just tell you is I do remember your goal about having a project that somebody would pull over and look at. Sean (00:49:29): She goes, I literally just pulled over. Cause I just saw this amazing project. And I didn’t realize it was yours until just two minutes ago. And he called me and he sent me all these pictures and it was just like, you know, that’s just cool. That’s what I do it for. I mean, I want, you know, I’m, I’m a for-profit developer or companies is built to make money. We have investors, we take very good care of them. You know, we’re really disciplined. We make really solid returns for everybody. But for us too, that, you know, we think design leads to better results on the, on you know, the operating statement also as we stay full, you know, we, we, as soon as we have any turnover as full in a week, you know, we’ve, we’ve been really fortunate on that front. Matt (00:50:11): That’s awesome. So moving forward, you know, there’s a lot of myths that get thrown around about real estate, real estate development. Is there a common myth that you’ve heard and I’m sure that happened on Twitter all the time, but about starting out in a real estate development? Sean (00:50:38): That’s a good question. You know, I think there’s, I mean, I think there’s a lot of, I, I did say, I remember saying this on Twitter recently. I do think how the housing market is perceived to work versus how it actually works. I’m not sure there’s a larger disconnect in any other, in any other industry, everybody, because they live in an apartment or own a home, pretty much thinks they understand the real estate market and the development market and how things work. I think that’s I think that’s probably one of the biggest ones. I would also say that and I am sure I’m completely biased by this, but, but then a lot of developers actually get a bad rap going in and more times than not. And maybe it’s just been, the people I’ve been exposed to over the last 20 years, I’ve met very few developers who I don’t think are out for the greater good to, to build good projects, to do good work, to help neighborhoods. Sean (00:51:38): You know, I, I don’t really, I mean, there’s a few for sure, but they’re those that exists in every industry, right? I mean, there’s a clinician, a couple of snake oil salesman everywhere. But I think the fact that like we go into neighborhood meetings perceived as the enemy before we’ve even introduced ourselves or said, hello you know, is, is tough because that’s, that’s, you know, not certainly not myself, my partner, Jeff, anybody that works for us, it’s not most of the people I know who develop buildings, right. So it’s not in, you know, it’s not that we all print money all day every day either. It’s, you know, it’s a lot of really hard work and you know, this well, a lot of decision-making a lot of risk-taking and sometimes it works out really, really well sometimes through frankly stuff out of your control. Sean (00:52:28): Sometimes it, you know, it doesn’t go as well. I mean, thankfully and I I’ve been really fortunate. My, my partner, Jeff, and, and frankly, a lot of people I know have been really fortunate in the sense that like we’ve never had one bust on us, which has been great. We’ve certainly had some that we thought were going to be a home run that maybe we’re a single or a double and vice versa. Right. I mean, you just don’t know. And, you know, to think that developers just show up, throw up some wood and steel and a roof and, you know, at least two weeks, two days later it’s leased out and you get $50 million. I mean, it’s, it’s, you know, nothing could be further from the truth, right? Matt (00:53:02): I’d say the lay person doesn’t often realize that, you know, before they ever see you know, a pretty picture at, at the meeting, the planning commission and the city council, you know, there’s been at least a year, that’s put into that six months to a year at least. And it’s tough to to, to relay that message when, you know, all you’re seeing is the pretty picture up there and somebody setting up there given the spiel. So yeah. Well, I, you know, like you said that a lot’s gone, gone well for you, but obviously this is a risky, risky business still. So what keeps you up at night right now? Is there certain things that just, Sean (00:53:57): Yeah, a I I’m having a temporary good period of sleep? Well, I said to someone the other day, you know, when I started the business in 2017 through when I broke ground on my first project in mid 2019, you know, I didn’t sleep well for two years. I worked around the clock almost seven days a week for two, you know, I mean, and again, if my wife hadn’t been my wife and hadn’t been accepting and supporting and said, yep, dad’s going to miss dinner tonight, or dad’s gonna, you know, I mean, a lot, I was pretty good about like taking my kids to school or be, and being active and then like working my butt off all day and then being there for dinner and helping with bedtime. And then I would work for four or five more hours after, you know, my kids were younger at that point. They go to bed by 7, 7 30, you know, I’d stay up till midnight or one working and then sleep poorly until five or six. Sean (00:55:02): So I joked that I am in a temporary they’re older. We we’ve been able to take a little bit of a deep breath, so I am sleeping a little better. But you know, I, I think what, what does, you know, what I, what I’m always thinking about or worried about is, you know, nothing ever stays static. And I mean, we, I consider myself, honestly, man, one of the luckiest people ever, like, I, I mean, what’s happened to me in the past couple of years. I just, I never could have ever dreamed of it. And I’m, I’m so grateful and so fortunate for it. And I’m trying to, I’m trying to enjoy it also. I’m not, I’m not that good at that. My always reminds me, like, I’m trying to do a better job of enjoying it because, you know, with things not being, something’s going to change. Sean (00:55:49): Right. I mean, it doesn’t mean everything’s gonna fall apart, but it means there will be some new obstacle or some new, you know, law change or, you know, you’ve seen some stuff here locally. You know, I mean the world doesn’t stay the same and while I don’t, I don’t feel fearful of the future. It’d be nice to ride out this kind of nice period a little longer, but I’m sure that’s, you know but that’s, that’s what, that’s what I think about, or when I get anxious or when I don’t sleep is what’s, what’s the next left turn comment and how am I going to pivot how I’m gonna make sure you know, we keep, we keep our team paid and we keep everything going and you know, we’ll, we’ll figure it out, but you know, that’s kinda what, we’re where it is now. Probably a very, very different answer. If you had asked me 24, 36 months ago. Matt (00:56:43): Yeah. I’m sure it changes Sean (00:56:45): All the time. Yeah, it does. It does. That’s you know, the funny thing about being on your own or being an entrepreneur and owning a company, especially in an industry like this is, you know, there, there are days now where I’ve had bigger wins, like I’ve had good things happen that like would have been the best thing that would have been a five-year win for me. You know what I mean? A while back or similarly a loss, like something goes wrong, some seller pushes back, somebody tries to reach it. I mean, it’s just stuff that, you know, you find out there’s a half million dollars in environmental damage on this site that you’ve just spent six months working on, it spent a hundred grand on great, you know, stuff like that, that, that six years ago you would’ve crawled into a hole and say, God, what am I going to do now? Sean (00:57:27): It’s like, that stuff happens every single day. Yeah. You know, rarely does a day go by where like something doesn’t whack me over the side of the head, you know, sometimes they’re great and sometimes they’re terrible, but it it’s, it’s interesting that I think that’s been one of the biggest changes is your tolerance changes. And, you know, it’s, you, you learned that you learn to realize that I’m really fortunate. I missed the sprinter. Jeff I in joke has probably the lowest blood pressure of anybody I’ve ever met. So like he is absolutely unrattled and I’ll call like, oh my God, this is it’s fine. We’ll figure it out. Which is, which is a good balance for me some days, but we’ll see. Matt (00:58:14): That’s awesome. Well, as looking forward here, my last question here is looking forward, you know, a hundred, 200 years you know, we look on type your name in Google, the old Google search engine. Sure. It’ll be around Sean (00:58:34): We’ll be in the metaverse that, Matt (00:58:41): You know, whatever it is whatever you know, knowledge base we have at that time. What what would you like it safer for the legacy of you, Sean and your company? Sean (00:58:59): You know, I think that I don’t even know if it’ll come up in a hundred years. I mean, I’m building housing, I’m not saving lives here. But you know, I, I would hope that if, if, if we leave any sort of legacy or, you know, I mean, I kind of feel like, been really lucky with some of the you know, I don’t know if attention is the right word we’ve gotten or whatever, but, you know, the, the people kind of look, look up to me a little bit or I I’m I’m, you know, I feel like maybe especially on Twitter, I’ve become somewhat of an example for people to look at. And I, I take that responsibility really seriously, and I’m, I’m really grateful for that. And I think that, I hope that, you know, whether it’s in a hundred years or whether it’s just now as, as we operate in the world, that people look at us as, as people trying to do it. Sean (00:59:57): Right. People trying to be conscientious people trying to be kind to people trying to be giving back. And obviously, you know, be cool if peoples on our buildings were cool, but that’s okay. I’m all right with that. I think we, I think we know they’re okay. So we’ll be all right there, but you know, I just, you know, I talk about you know, I try to be somebody that talks about my challenges too, and, you know, I’ve talked on Twitter about therapy and about how that really changed my life and really frankly, saved my life. So I think for me, it would just be, if people ever think about me in a hundred years, that I would, I was somebody that, that, you know, tried to do, do right by the world and try to do good work and hopefully was, was open and, and can’t think of the word open and not transparent, but I was vulnerable enough to talk about all the stuff. Sean (01:00:54): And my hope is that by doing that, by being that kind of person, you know, there’s people out there that might say, oh, that guy went to therapy home. Maybe I, you know, maybe I should try it or that guy did that. Huh? Ma
74 minutes | Nov 3, 2021
Creating Heavy Value-Add Development Opportunities Where People Can Flourish with Bobby Fijan – Ep. 57
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Creating Heavy Value-Add Development OpportunitiesWhere People Can Flourish with Bobby Fijan – Ep. 57 About the Guest Can’t wait to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Bobby Fijan, Partner of Form Developers. Bobby has been involved in startup companies for nearly his entire career. He left graduate school to start his previous company, Cross Properties, with 3 other partners in the basement of a seminary in 2011. He’s worn every hat in real estate from finance, capital markets, fundraising, leasing, late-night maintenance, and semi-professional architect. At Cross, he was the Partner in charge of the Development and Design team and was responsible for every project from an empty lot to the stabilized building. In 2019, he left day-to-day operations at Cross to co-found Tailorbird, a construction technology company, and Form Developers. Through Form, he has invested in half a dozen real estate deals and real estate technology startups and has advised many younger developers. Form’s core belief is that real estate investments are best made through patient capital with aligned interests. Their strategic focus is on multifamily and mixed-use development in two categories:1) Ground-up or heavy value-add development opportunities in urban core and high barrier to entry suburban markets.2) Holding, and re-developing, suburban retail shopping located near major arterial roads and transportation hubs.Historically, multifamily has been the least volatile asset class during downturns. Additionally, as technology advances, they believe that land located near major arterial roads will become the new “transit-oriented” parcels that are more in demand for residents and investors. In this episode, we look at the ways Bobby is able to balance the risk/reward ratio on tough projects, his definition of Placemaking and how it can be created through floor plan curation, and the keys to identifying a great floor plan mix on your next multifamily development. There is loads of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Bobby for taking the time out of his extremely busy schedule to discuss this topic of Creating Heavy Value-Add Development Opportunities with me. Show Notes Matt (00:00:58): Hey, welcome to the show, Bobby! Bobby (00:01:11): Great to be here, Matt. Thank you so much for having me. Matt (00:01:15): I’m honored to have you on the show! I know you’ve been on a couple other shows. I know Chris powers, a friend of mine that has been on this show before, but I want to take a slightly different twist and if you’re ready, I’d like to just jump right in. Bobby (00:01:30): That sounds great. Matt (00:01:31): So let’s, let’s get a little bit about your background starting out Bobby and then we’ll kind of transition that into Form and we’ll just keep going from there. Bobby (00:01:43): Okay. Perfect. Well okay. Where to begin? Well I was born in Boston and my dad was a mechanical engineering professor and we moved around the country every two to four years. So he was at MIT and then Michigan, and then I moved to the bay area, Phoenix for a bit south Jersey and, and, and a few other spots, but I grew up moving all around the country. I was actually homeschooled K through 12. Actually, that’s not true. I went to kindergarten, went to public kindergarten. I was homeschooled from first grade through 12th grade. And initially, then I initially went to school at the University of Southern California in Los Angeles where I studied history and film because I had the good fortune to get a scholarship. So I thought, yeah, I could study whatever I wanted. Bobby (00:02:34): And I went into an intro to film class and it sounded fun. So I thought, great. I’ll watch movies and read history books for the next few years after three years. So after my junior year, I got an internship and realized that I did not want to work in the movie industry. And I also had which, which I’ve described a little bit on Twitter. I also had a reconciliation with my parents. I had previously lost that relationship almost entirely. But by junior year, we ended up reconciling. So I ended up transferring to Penn and then studied economics where I met my wife my super senior year, so that was great timing. It was perfect timing. And then let’s see, I worked in consulting for a teeny bit and then went back to school to study math just cause I thought I wanted to work for a quantity hedge fund or an investment bank or something like that. Bobby (00:03:48): And after the first year back at school I ran into a friend from undergrad, from Penn, and we each kind of exchanged what we were doing. And he said that he and two other guys were starting a real estate development company in the basement of a seminary that they were trying to buy and convert into apartments. So I was intrigued and I started like, I was helping out maybe like once a week with just like some underwriting stuff since that was, you know, my background, right. Within a few weeks, I was there every day and by the end of the summer, that’s what I wanted to do. So, those three guys ended up becoming my partners and the company that we built was called Cross Properties in 2011. So that was the beginning. Bobby (00:04:36): We, you know we’re at the, we were at the end of like the global financial crisis and there were, we’re looking for deals like everyone else. So, I mean, the first deals that we got were ones where you could put deals under agreement for soft deposit and then just try and find equity to close them. So I think we probably put half a dozen deals under agreement before we fully closed the first one. We were just trading, you know, sweat equity to do some deals. So two of my eventual partners were a little bit, a little bit older, a little more experienced and myself and my other friend from the school were the, I guess like the young smart, like hotshot people who could, who could show up well in financing type meetings and things like that. Bobby (00:05:29): So that’s, that’s how I got started. And I would also say that by the end of that first summer, the main thing that convinced me to do real estate was not the real estate specifically. It was the other guys, I remember thinking like if I do this and I fail and I lose all my money and my time it’s still worth failing to work with good people. And I was fortunate at that time, and then I was married and my wife’s a nurse. And so she was able to pay bills. And I didn’t have school debt and things like that. So I could take some of those types of risks. But that’s how I got into the business. Matt (00:06:14): Wow. Yeah. I was going to ask you. You started out in film and then you kind of transitioned there to economics. And so real estate was never in the picture, even, even before college? Bobby (00:06:30): No, no, no. Real estate was never. No. And even then when I got started into it, it was mainly that I appreciate it as an asset. I thought I could figure it out, but before getting involved in real estate, I never took a single class. Although, you know, Wharton has plenty of great real estate classes. I didn’t take a single one. I didn’t take any urban policy classes. I was just, you know I mean, by that time I went to Penn, I was just taking the classes that I needed to take in order to like actually finish school. So all the electives that I ended up taking were in, you know it films with Alfred Hitchcock and stuff like that. Matt (00:07:06): Right, right. And you should aced those, right. Well, that’s, that’s great. Okay. So you didn’t really have any influence from parents or anything about real estate Bobby (00:07:20): I’m real estate? No, no, no. I came to it just, like I said, mainly because I liked the guys and also I li I, from the very beginning, I was motivated by the idea that real estate is transformational. Right. So the first few projects we were working at, or trying to do were some large scale conversions and partly due to my faith, but partly because I think it’s just a parent to anyone who can like touch and feel real assets. Like, did he have saying like, this is something and we can have a vision to make it like, better new transformative, like redeem, rebirth. Like these are really cool, big, awesome human ideas. And I was caught up in those like, like I think like many other people, so it’s it’s a good asset was fun to work on people and it felt like a problem that was worthy of like devoting into your life to try and to fix. So yeah. Matt (00:08:18): Wow. So from that, that first project where you’re in the basement of the seminary, just curious, how did that how did that work out, that first project? Bobby (00:08:30): So that project actually wasn’t even the first one we did, that was just one, we kind of like had under agreement because development takes a really long time and then things hit at different points. So I mean, there were a lot of things that went well and a lot of things that didn’t because as a younger, newer developer or I guess newer developed set of newer developers there were things that we knew and things that we didn’t. So we kind like trudged along and had capital partners and other partners who were willing to kind of like help us like get deals done. So I think if there was something that was really helpful, but that initial period of time it was that we weren’t too proud who not try and do a deal with someone else. So I think when you’re starting you can either try and do deal on your own or you can try and do deal with other people. And so we ended up choosing the other one for better and for worse it worked out in that we were able to complete those projects and get them done, which is the majority of what of what difficulty in development is. Yeah. So that’s, yeah, that’s what we did. Yeah. Matt (00:09:41): Yeah. The I was curious to see if, so these guys had never done any true projects before, before you got together or was this Bobby (00:09:51): As a company? No. but in, in previous professions they had just not as the not necessary principles, so kind of coming out of it, like two people who knew how projects worked. And then, you know, we kind of you know, put kind of the all-star team together, mixing and matching different, different skill sets. So there was, you know limitless energy willingness to roll fees into projects and just, you know, kind of roll our sleeves up and get projects out. So that was the thing we shared. And we shared the common goal of like getting projects done. And, you know, one of them was a lawyer. One of them was when capital markets and we just, I’m grateful for my partnership with those guys. It was, it was terrific. Matt (00:10:35): Yeah. That sounds like a fun experience, you know, just starting out when you when you’re all kind of got that common mission, that common goal to get them together and build something that’s, that’s pretty exciting stuff. So from that, the humble beginnings here with the four of you, or is it three or four? So Bobby (00:10:55): Four total. I mean, there was, so the beginning of any company, there’s like a really weird like Tim on when things start, when they don’t, there are people came in and out, I’d say so eventually what ended up being was there ended up being for people who are quote-unquote there from the beginning because some people can’t make it for one reason or another, which is understandable, but eventually there ended up being four of us. Okay. Matt (00:11:18): So from those humble beginnings kind of transition that to where we’re at now or where you’re at right now. Bobby (00:11:25): Sure. So we did a few let’s see. So the first, like real large-scale project that we worked on, what’s called 16, 16 Walnut. That was a gut renovation conversion of a 250,000 square foot office building that’s located in, in downtown Philadelphia, a block or so off, off Rittenhouse square. So when we put that building under agreement and we’re able to cobble together a partnership with another developer and then a large private equity firm and get, and get that project done it was a an enormous undertaking. And we had a S M in executing the project. We ended up being tasked with like, I guess, as part of the overall partnership tasks with different part of executing it, but collectively we got that project done in about three and a half years, which is pretty neat. So that project gave us sort of the credibility to then continue to do more projects especially even when we were partly through. Bobby (00:12:28): So that was the first one that really sort of established that we were starting you’re hungry and that we were ambitious to try and do more projects. And it was, it w it was a beautiful project. In my opinion, it’s still the best or one of the best renovation projects done. In Philadelphia, there are some other great ones too, but I’m upset partial. And 250,000 square feet, you said 250,000 square feet of office. And we converted it into 206 apartments and about 40,000 square feet of retail. Some there was some that was a cardio tenant in the basement arrest a restaurant, a pizzeria a bank, a Santander bank, and a theory and then an architect’s office and then apartments above. So it was it was a beautiful building built in 1929, art deco. Bobby (00:13:27): It was a lot of fun and it was very difficult. Yeah. I’m just curious, did you use historic tax credits? Did we did so, so the, the historic tax credits enabled us to get back, you know the, the rough calculation for historic tax credits ends up being that you get about 25 cents on the dollar of your hard copy of your hard costs spent back in the form of tax credit, which you can then sell or have someone to invest into that. And we, we did that, the downside of getting historic tax credits is that the national park service has purview over the inside of me outside of the building. So on the outside, that usually means you have to replace the windows with similar materials. You can’t replace metal, provisional or wood for vinyl. Bobby (00:14:24): You’re stuck with basically the original materials and, and similar profile. So it makes a lot of extra work and masonry more expensive than, than most of their jobs. And then the other thing which makes let’s talk renovations and renovations in general and historic renovations, particularly problematic if it doesn’t check the right boxes, is that on the inside the feds have purview over where your hallways and units can and can’t go. So in this particular unit or in this particular building the floor plate for the bulk of the building, which is like it was a wedding cake design. But for the bulk of the building was a fairly efficient size, double loaded corridor. And the existing hallway already ran through the middle of the building. So there wasn’t much that we had to change and the building had been renovated for different office tenants, a number of times over the years. Bobby (00:15:24): So there wasn’t that much historic fabric to protect other than the elevator lobbies. So we, we were able to do that convert one of the elevator entrances into a unit entrance, a unit door. But it was a fairly straightforward building layout again for the architects, had a much harder time of it. And then I just but I I’d still say that for historic renovations, it was more straightforward than many. Okay. so then, and then, and then, and then we started doing projects outside of the city. There was another historic renovation project that was in the suburbs, that was the conversion of the seminary. And then after that, we started doing a few other projects in that same neighborhood of ground up multifamily, because I’d say what we learned from those first few projects is that we were able to do development wise projects that were more complicated than many other developers were willing to undertake for better and for worse. Bobby (00:16:29): So we were gluttons for punishment in that aspect, but it just, it meant that other people looked at buildings or looked at zoning codes and thought I’m not willing to do that. I’m not willing to take that kind of risk. And partly because we didn’t have the luxury of not, not doing deals and the luxury of like trying to do the same thing as everyone else, we just, you know, roll up our sleeves and, and try to figure it out. So that’s kind of at super, we hit our stride in 20 14, 15, 16 is probably like when we hit our stride on what we were relatively good at, which was the suburban ground-up development. And then as deals came along and we were in the market, we, we picked up we picked a buildings as, as they made sense, but that was our, that was the thing that we were good at. Yeah. Matt (00:17:22): Yeah. So I, I was about to ask what your ideal project was, and you kind of mentioned that, you know tougher ground up his historic renovations, he started out with the 250,000 square foot office renovation. I mean, that’s, it’s pretty bold. So, yeah. I guess what, other than obviously the, the scale of that larger building, but what made these projects more difficult to, was it entitlement risk or, or were there certain things that made these projects or tougher? Bobby (00:17:58): Well I’d say not, not, not to jump the gun on talking about placemaking, but I would say that in a lot of these different areas, so let’s say in, in, in neighborhoods that are, that would be considered NIMBY ish or that have like pretty high barriers where there’s multiple levels of approvals to go through different things, and they have local historic ordinances and things like that. I’d say that the biggest challenge, most developers shy away from them because they see the number of steps that you need to go through in order to get something approved. And what, and, and what development likes most is a certainty. They can deal with that complexity, but uncertainty is the most difficult things. So I’d say that like historic tax credit renovations I suppose the uncertainty of whether you’d get the tax credit might be something, but most people like you’ll know if a building is eligible or not. Bobby (00:18:51): So those are complicated from a construction and development, a design perspective, but if you have the right GC and you have the right architect, you can probably get that one through suburban approvals. And, and, and obviously there are certain urban neighborhoods where this is true also have a different sort of flavor and that the risk is kind of like one or zero, but you’re either going to get it or you’re not. And that’s, and it’s very difficult to to underwrite that. So I’d say that’s kind of what, what, what drew us to it is that we had done a few projects and we’d done one specifically in, in, in this area. And it, I don’t want to say bought us some credibility, but that enabled us that when we were talking to other people in the neighborhood, from that specific in that specific neighborhood or ones outside, we could point to these projects and say, this is what we mean by doing a good job or doing these kinds of projects. Bobby (00:19:46): And so it burners those credentials a bit. And not that, you know, they laid out the red carpet for us, but that we felt confident because of the relationships that have been built by what we’d already done, that we could eventually get through. So I’d say that’s why we were willing to do those jobs, because through those other hard projects, we had developed a relationship with, you know, count that again. I’m sure we’ll get into this more later, but like most people don’t realize like how much like the township zoning officer and [inaudible], and like the traffic engineer who’s usually hired by a third-party like group that you can work with another jobs. And like, those people really drive the process. and so like working with them and solving problems with them, like creatively and being a good partner to those folks really buys you like a lot of I don’t want to say leeway, but it’s something like that. Bobby (00:20:40): It’s like, you have relational, you, you, you, you have like a relationship, you have relational capital, right. And, and you can, and you can ask him directly questions like, Hey, tell me straight, like, is this thing that I want, is this reasonable, or help me craft this in such a way that we can both create like, collective, like get this project done. So that’s, I’d say how we got to those is because we’re able to have a pretty good relationship with those folks who rarely make the headlines and yet I’d say end up making functional policy as much as almost anyone else on the projects that get done on the ground. Matt (00:21:17): Oh yeah. Yeah. That’s, that’s a great point. You know, I talked to John Anderson is doing a lot of south Dallas work and, you know, very focused on one height one area we talked about John Marsh earlier, he’s focused on one area, you know, you know, we always talk about building credibility with the folks around the area, the people in the area, the citizens, but you brought up another good point about bringing up and, you know, really building those relationships with the policymakers, the ones on, you know, the city councils, the planning, commissions, all the governing bodies, and, you know, even the review engineer, like Bobby (00:22:10): You said, yes, exactly. Matt (00:22:12): You know, building that social capital up to where you can make these requests. And even if they’re busy though, they’ll respond and that’s huge. Bobby (00:22:23): That is huge. Right? Exactly. Getting to the point where you can know the guy and say like, Hey, whatever the guy’s name is, Hey, John, like shoots me straight. Like, can you take a look at this? And just like, tell me if I’m headed in the right direction. I know you can’t give me an official response for a while, but just like, let me know if this is going to be at the red flag. And again, if you have like relational capital and do known to be like a regional person, they’ll usually accommodate that and say like, this looks good. I don’t think we’ll have any issues. I’m sure I’ll have comments, but like, you can stay on track. And like, that’s, that’s huge. I also think that a lot of developers tend to maybe try and overshoot, right. They try to say like, we want to go to city council to like, force like the solicitor or the engineer, whoever to like, see it this way. Bobby (00:23:04): Like often I think it’s way better to try and work with those people first, because if there’s one thing, those guys don’t like, it’s like, they don’t like getting told by like city council that they have to do this and they have to do that. It’s like good luck. Right. You can win that. You can win the battle, lose the war. It’s like, all right, good luck having them, you know come about, you’re going to be changed at some point, like in the child, like you’re getting some relief. It’s like, I need to move my electrical room. It’s like, well, I guess we’ll get to it when we do. Right. Yeah. Then someone who’s like on your team, Matt (00:23:37): I love this. Cause like, now I really haven’t had this discussion on the show yet, ally, at least that interaction, but it’s so important. And and we were talking about it, you know, it’s important for me from an engineering standpoint to, to have this relationship. But I think ultimately for, for developer it may be even more important because, you know, if they like you, you can go a lot further than and like he said, going go in above their heads yeah, you, you may win the battle, but you’ll lose the war if you ever want to do anything else in that city. It’s no, this Bobby (00:24:26): Well, and, and the other thing is a lot of those, a lot of those civil servants have significant, longer tenure than almost. I mean, there are some cities of difference. These will have significant, longer tenure than most politicians. So I mean, and yeah, I live the utmost respect for those folks, I think they generally do want to see their communities be better. And sometimes there are rules that they enforce that feel unfair, whether it’s, you can only use these materials or it has to be this sort of facade, or you have to go to these different like, process that might feel unfair. But I think that at the end of the day, there was almost nothing to be gained by antagonizing. And, and, and that’s another thing I think that’s, that’s important about one of those placemaking or community or development. Bobby (00:25:11): It’s like, understand that, like it’s not, you know, just your project and just your tenants. And oh, one, one separate note. So when you’re going through approvals, I guess, advice to anyone who’s going through approvals B last thing you should ever site for, like why a township should approve your project is referencing how much you’re going to pay in real estate taxes for a new project. Like no one ever wants to hear that. And developers always say it as if it’s like some source of pride. It’s like that wins bureau people don’t say it. It’s true. Just don’t say it. Matt (00:25:54): You don’t have any tags. I’ve heard that too. That’s that’s funny. That’s a comedy sketch right there. It’s it’s true. It’s yeah. And they don’t, they don’t and I’ve heard several that say, well, do I need to talk to the mayor? It’s like, that’s, that’s barely ever, unless you have a really good relationship with the mayor that will never get you in. Right, right, right. Good, good. Well, let’s come back a little bit. That was a great sidetrack. I liked it. But how do you balance the risk reward for some of these tougher projects with your own ideology? And think you Bobby (00:26:43): Kind of mentioned a little bit already, but yeah. Well I’d say that it part of it comes down to the golden rule, right? The person with the gold makes the rules. And when you’re a developer, unless you’re doing it with your own money, then you’re doing the projects that you can credibly raise money for. So development is always going to be higher return and higher risk. So perhaps you can, you have relationships where you’ve, you’ve done a few projects in order to establish, you can get that done. And perhaps you, you haven’t, again for better or for worse. I think people developers, GPS have done a terrific job doing both. So I think one it’s knowing, like, if you want to go and development, you have to have access to a certain kind of capital. Bobby (00:27:33): Which is that capital that is okay either buying on entitled or close to unentitled land, very risky. And what else? I think I’d do it. And then I’d also say that it comes from smartly knowing where you couldn’t and shouldn’t where you are, where you should, and shouldn’t take risks. I mean things definitely did not go all well on all different projects. We’ve, we’ve done several that in pre-development lost quite a bit of money. Just because that was just sort of the nature. Like you, you are, you are taking a gamble, so you have to be aware of that and either a raise for that, or have, or have built up enough fees that you can sustain those kinds of losses or have relationships with third parties that are willing to kind of go with you at risk. Bobby (00:28:28): So I think going for those kinds of projects, you need a certain kind of skill and you need I think in the particular limiting thing is a certain kind of like financial ability. I mean, like the guarantees on a ground up construction loan and our historic tax rate alone, or even more because you have to guarantee the tax credit separately are very different than what you would do on, on a stabilized or aren’t evaluated deal with. Sure. There’s really not much to financially guarantee, but on a, you know, on a, on a large scale development, even if you’ve got under contract, if you don’t have the money, like you couldn’t close a loan, you couldn’t get a ton. So if you spent money there and you can’t close the loan, that it means you’ll, you’re, you’re betting on someone else coming in with you to coach GP with you, or you’re betting on being able to sell it. So maybe that may be private. Well, maybe you don’t. So I think that’s the main thing that I would caution people to think about as they’re going through or thinking about those, those kinds of projects in in, in, in thinking about heavy development or, you know, a more typical cosmetic value add of a stabilized Matt (00:29:42): Asset. Right. Right. No, that makes sense. You know, even just having the financial firepower to weather the storms, if it is, if it does come down to it and be willing to take those risks mean, like you said, it comes down to how much financial backup you do have, and yep. That’s perfect. Bobby (00:30:13): I’d also say, I’d also say that I think that that is a, a part of the market and kind of fast forward something that I’m doing a little bit of now. So I invest in some other people’s projects now among, among doing, among working on some of my own, but I’d say one part of that, of the market that is of the capital market that is not efficiently priced from a capital perspective, I do think is, is those different pursuit dollars because I’ve seen, and again, I, I know this from what I’ve done, I’ve seen other developers to money folks because they have had in an appropriate risk reward analysis, you should lose or take some risks and pre-development that don’t pay off, right? Either you try to tie up some land and maybe go for like a big rezoning and you don’t get it and move on, or you tie up the land and spend some money in some exploratory ways that, that doesn’t always work out. Bobby (00:31:08): Right. And I’d say that grounded developers tend to be too married to the different projects because they don’t have the capital to take some of the rest. So they have to make it work. So I’d say like if you bought a thousand on on buying a project, entitle it and going forward it in kind of like general, like equilibrium would say like, but you haven’t taken the appropriate risks. But you could have taken more risks now, again, I’m not trying to flush anyone’s money down the toilet. I’m just saying like, that’s what an efficient market would be if that like something happened. So I think that there was a market for people who understand development risk and market timing to invest in that particular slice with other developers. So I’ve been doing a little of that on my own. Bobby (00:31:56): I think it’d be a really interesting thing to do. I know that other people with the real estate Twitter have like been throwing around like how they could make that work, like someone vetting deals and other people put money into early because the pre-development is risky and expensive. So all that to say, I think, I think that’s a really exciting thing that could happen. Maybe even through Twitter or through, I like decentralized funding. It is something that at the moment is not really fundable at all at the moment. It’s just people taking risks with their own money or private lending, which is basically just balance sheet lending. So it’s not really, it’s not really underwriting the deal. It’s underwriting. Like I’ll lend you money. I I’ll just lend you money based on what else you have or something like, Matt (00:32:47): Yeah, yeah, yeah, no, that’s cool. I’ve, I’ve, I’ve seen a little bit of a kind of that crowd, essentially. This is a little different than what you’re saying, but that crowdfunding for development. And if pickers is working on that with her site, and it seems like it’s working, she’s just having some troubles, but it’s just tough to get through the, the red tape of, of you know, the financial world. So certainly as I think she’s having her troubles there, but, you know, she’s, she’s made a few works, so hopefully that keeps going and it might give more opportunity to make development a little more equitable for the rest of us. So, yeah. Cool. so I guess when you start out of let’s, let’s go high level workflow for, I guess, due diligence through starting initial due diligence through putting a shovel in the ground, essentially. What does that look like for your group? Bobby (00:34:04): Well, let’s talk about the Mr. Bourbon entitlement process. This, this would, this would apply to the urban one too, but again, I just have, I’ve had a few more reps of the complicated one within the suburban side. So this would generally apply to the urban, went to I’d say a lot of that due diligence occurs prior to putting anything under agreement, right. Because you can need to know, like, what can I build? Where can I agenda to get relief on things like that? If you parachute into a certain place to like buy it and then you try and figure it out later that’s I suppose you could always try and retrade later and seller, but it’s not really good business practice and I’m not sure how successful that would be. So mainly I’d say the bulk of what you’re going to do is going to be to figure out, like, I believe that I can build about the size of building and think and given the the max height and, and the parking ratios, this is the construction type that I’m generally going to be building. Bobby (00:35:08): Right. So in the suburbs, you’re going to be like, all right, wait, I have to build like four over one, five over two. Depending on my business, this is the size of the building I can build, you know, two far, two and a half far or whatever it is, like the model is going to be relatively straightforward because we’ve hopefully done enough projects that, you know, gel within cost. Or you can ask, you know, your last GC, this is what I want to build. What is this 1 65, a foot plus ditch for the garage or wherever. So that’s your model. Your model is pretty tight at other thing I’d say, is that on those particular deals, the the land doesn’t affect the not that you should pay anything for the land, but that doesn’t move the needle on the overall deal as much as some of the other larger terms. Bobby (00:35:53): So that’s why most developers will pay for time, right? So like paying 5% more on the land to get an extra 18 months can be risked the job quite a bit. Sure. so I’d say once you get into, once you get into due diligence, to me, the main thing that you really want to do is ideally to me, it comes down to different stages of financing. The finance of it wraps up projects entirely as a construction loan. And in order to close a construction loan, you need you need to sort of work backwards to closing structured loan. You need a building permit and a GMP, and, or to have both of those two things, you need to have full CDs in order to have full CDs and you to know like full engineering of where that’s going to go. Bobby (00:36:46): So working backwards, like that’s like the time that it takes, plus like all the money that takes to get there until you get to that point where you have like a GMP and the building permit a bank, you may have a signed agreement with the bank, but like they have no obligation to fund. I mean, and you have to raise the money and of raised equity, but those two things should the project directors of what you have to do. So I mainly say, like, we start with that and how quickly can we get there? And the big thing is going to be is during the due diligence time, can I get through that stage, if not, then it means either you’re closing on the land with equity, or you’re closing the land with, you know, a a low leverage a low leverage land loan. Bobby (00:37:28): So that’s the big divide in projects is how much time you’re going to get. And if you aren’t going to get enough time to finish all those approvals, then it doesn’t matter that much the difference between like, whether you have your architecturals 65% done, or 20% done. Now, then the other thing where it does really matter is which to me is all about speed in that first part is if you were putting in an offer for raw land, the most important thing you can do is to basically give every penny, you have your civil engineer. I don’t want to say, ignore your architect, but just enough for them. And basically try and drive through to get like the density and like the general meets and bounds, the understanding of the density of the project as fast as possible, right? Because that’s something that fundamentally changes like the asset in what the bank can lend against because now instead of two acres, it’s now, you know a building of size, this parking lot like this and this many units, and that’s like a different kind of security that you can get a loan against. Bobby (00:38:31): You could even sell that if you want it to. So I’d say like in that initial thing I encourage is especially all newer developers spend money on your civil engineer and like your zoning attorney, but like be there, be generous with them and be stingy with everybody else because those things don’t matter until you after get that first piece. Matt (00:38:52): I didn’t pay you to say this by the way, just for the record. It’s true. It’s true. No, I know, I know, you know, like you said, having those entitlements upfront and this reminded me of something that Sean Sweeney had said that, you know, you have to have, you want to get your ESA phase one, your geotag, all your reports before you even move forward with anything really, you know, and no, that’s, that’s perfectly true. That’s and it might save you a little, little money and headache further down the line. Bobby (00:39:34): Totally. Yeah, absolutely. Right. Yes. Like it’s, it’s all, it’s all of those things first and it’s the fancy things later. The pronounce now, again, like where it’s a little bit different once you’re good and you, and, you know, you have the financial capabilities and the deal like works and you know, you’re going to do it through, then you can kind of do everything all at the same time. And you’re probably going to be fundraising a little bit earlier. So it is easier to fundraise with like pretty pictures and some, and some architecturals and stuff like that. So I guess the difficulty is that a very large developer won’t follow that rule, but anyone who’s like early should yeah. Spend all your money on like, like those reports that are necessary in order to close a loan, right. Phase one geo-tech and things that are necessary to like place the initial building with, with a civil ALPA whatever, obviously. Matt (00:40:25): So let’s, let’s talk about the, the fancy things, the pretty pictures. Sure. Architecture. So I’m on Twitter, you’re, you’re very vocal about your fascination admiration. Sure. With a floor plan strategies you know, maybe it’s an obsession. I don’t know. Sure. I’ll let you, I’ll let you describe that. Bobby (00:40:56): So obviously there’s lots of different ways that I can talk about, but I’ll keep talking about within the context that we’re discussing, which is like zoning and approvals and civil, I’d say like the first way that you need to think about floor plans, unit mix is in regards to zoning entitlements, right? One thing that, again, developers know, but maybe other people don’t know as much as every single it might be similar, but every single municipal zoning code is different in terms of like parking, right. In terms of the type of parking they loud in terms of how many spaces you can do in a row without having that, the median in terms of like, whether they require like a bailout lane for a drive-through, whether this thing is a conditional use or a, like Bi-Rite use, there’s lots of different things. And the parking requirements by unit type do tend to have similarity between different suburbs. Bobby (00:41:53): But there anyway, it’s, that’s that to me is that we’re floor plans start, right? Like you start with, you see the certain, you S you S you, you see the rules and then you’re going to design units given those restrictions in order to minimize the amount of parking that you need to build in order to build a building as best as best you can while hitting like your rent per square foot. So like, that’s, to me is kind of like where it started, like, so in the first area where we were building they had the same parking count per unit required regardless of the unit type, which definitely meant that you did not want to build a studio 400 square foot studio. You wanted to build like as large of unit as you possibly could in order to comply with these zoning. Matt (00:42:47): So, yeah. Yeah, no, that’s a good point. And that’s, that’s something that is a little misunderstood, I think, but, you know, I love, so I’m very mathematical myself, you your, your background as well. I’m sure. But it’s funny. Cause I always try to think of things in variables and you’re, you’re plugging in these different variables essentially in your brain about, okay, what’s the square foot of rent. What’s how much parking am I going to have? How much space does this take and then how much rent can I get and all these different variables. Yeah. Bobby (00:43:34): And, and that, and that, and that’s where like, so a lot of the work that I do and have done within fourplex spend, like how do we quantify unit types? Right. And use has been in different unit types. So if you look in like the the, the parking requirements of, I don’t know, 99% of zoning codes they have made, might change a different it might be a different number of parking spots required by unit type, but four units. It’s almost always number per unit, right? Like parking spaces for this number of units, right. Might be different for studios with three bedrooms, but it’s always that every other use is parking spaces per square foot. I have not seen a zoning code where it’s parking spaces per by like residential square foot. So that necessarily is going to have like a really big, like, drive, if you’re thinking about your four plans and like your types in the right way. Bobby (00:44:25): So it’s where, like, if you were to design again, I go over specifically like a lot on stuff of like how insert the suburb, like a 1200 square foot unit. What’s the difference between a two bedroom den and a three bedroom, right? It might look exactly the same. You could even call it the same. Right. It might, every, every aspect of it might be identical, but there are some areas we’re calling that a two bedroom den means you have different park requirements, something that’s three bedrooms. And also like the way that someone’s going to use that in real life is probably also the same. If again, it’s a 1200 square foot, three bedroom, there aren’t that many people in new construction, given the kinds of rent you need to charge who are going to be using those all three bedrooms, the same way that you’d use it, like a 2200 square foot, three bedroom townhome or something like that. Bobby (00:45:10): So that’s where I think that like, thinking through like, who is my target renter, like, how large is it? How are these units actually going to be used? Can enable you to credibly, like call it one thing or something else. Like you can call it a three to one person. You can call it a two bedroom den to someone else you’re not lying to anyone. Just a matter of like perspective. So I think like knowing that, and, and, and as I’ve also, I, as I mentioned a little bit with Chris and as I try to sound, or I guess talk about a lot on Twitter is like, I think that it’s really narrowing in on like, apartments is a product of who is this for by like, I’m building this for whom. And I think that just like diets all out of different development decisions a lot better Matt (00:45:57): For your end-user. Right. So who Bobby (00:46:00): Exactly, exactly. Matt (00:46:02): And that’s, and I’ve, I’ve discussed this with others too, and it’s just like, not enough thought is off. I’m not going to say blanket role, but it’s generally thought about the end user when it comes to primarily residential, but even, even retail to some degree. I mean, it’s, it’s, it’s a, it’s a common problem. And, you know, I think what you’re doing is adding another variable essentially to this, this equation. And you know, we talked about this before the show a little bit, but playing within the rules, but coming up with creative ways to get the best product or get the best solution within that framework within those requirements. So I think that’s really interesting that you kind of spelled it out that way. So let’s kinda, let’s transition this into the term. Placemaking sure. I love to hear what people say and there’s tons of different definitions that people come up with this I’d just like to hear yours and then we can kind of build off of that Bobby (00:47:26): And not, you know, I’m not sure I have a strict definition. I think it’s something that I like most people, like I know when I see it, I know when I feel it’s like there are projects that I can point to and, or things that I can say, like, this is clearly placemaking and or there are neighborhoods and certain type of development. I like this is clued done the right way. But I think that, like, so I’d say the thing that about good placemaking that is important is like, it has to come from like good intention, a reading, there was this this is book called leadership, and self-deception kind of talks about like relating to people. And it says like, step one, before you like do any tricks or techniques in like getting people to like, you, you have to like, genuinely care about them first. Bobby (00:48:17): And I think that to me, like placemaking comes at the same time. I don’t think that someone can come in and say, like, I have this program, I’m going to run it here to me, regardless of the, of how beautiful that project is. I wouldn’t personally count that as placemaking I would, that can be incredible business acumen and you can execute it. But to me, placemaking has to come from the soul of saying like, I care about you about this particular place. I may not be from here, but I want to do best genuinely by that place with, within the limits of the restrictions that I have. I can’t be you know, there’s obviously financial limitations, but I think it has to come from that intentionality of hearing. Right, Matt (00:49:01): Right. And I’ve heard some describe as almost divide, like in the night you can put your finger on it, but when it’s there, it’s just like, wow. You know, it’s it’s hard to describe, like you said, it’s almost a, it’s just a, you feel it. And you do Bobby (00:49:21): Right. Exactly. I mean, you, you go and you visit like opelacka Alabama, which is where John Marshall works. And it, it is, you could just, you could just tell, like, that’s, what is, I don’t know exactly how to describe find it, but there’s that, and, you know yeah. Other other projects too, but you know, when you can feel it. Matt (00:49:37): Right. So, so how do you, how do you try to implement that into your, your different developments when it’s difficult to control everything around the project, but you can control, you know, at least up to your project and within your project. So how do you try to, how does that show in your projects? Bobby (00:50:08): Well, that’s something that it’s definitely I’ve matured or changed a lot in that, in my career. I’d say at first I thought a lot about the culture of the building itself, right? You think about, well going to have certain kinds of amenities. So I guess sort of starting with that first urban patch, we’re going to have certain kinds of retail tenants, and we want these retail tenants to signal to the right kind of people. It’s like, you know, you want to walk into, I think, you know, we have maybe other retail tends to go come in, but like, oh, theory is the kind of brand we have to be associated with. Or like, it was, you know, a nice bank, so great. Like this is a nice bank. So rather than I don’t know something else. So there’s that association out urban is a little bit different in that a lot of the placemaking is, is already established, at least in the projects did, because it was so urban, you know, Rittenhouse square. Bobby (00:50:59): It’s not going to change that much based on what we build into it. Right. so there’s, so there’s, there’s that aspect. And I, so again, it started by thinking about the amenities, right? Like how do amenities play with the rest of the different people? And then I’d say the thing that really changed the next step that I made was thinking about how kind of interacted with each other. The first one was mainly like, the amenities would make sense for each person individually. Like I’m still renting an apartment to this person and they fit this demographic profile. And so we have these amenities to attract them. So I’m renting a unit 8 0 1 through this kind of a person. We want everything to be holistic. And then frankly, like, as my wife and I lived in it in 16, 16 Walnut for eight years after we seven years after we sold the building we sort of realize something which we kind of already knew, which is that like my wife’s very hospitable. Bobby (00:52:00): And so we had 12 units on our floor and we had the largest one and we had, and we eventually had a few different kids and they, and they make noise or whatever. So whenever someone would come over, we’d always say like, Hey, look, we wanna invite them over and say like, if our kids get rowdy, please let us know. And just try to be friends with them as much as possible. I am certain that we improve people’s lives just by being kind to them. And I don’t mean this to pat ourselves on the back, but more to say, like that, that thing isn’t captured within a proforma, but it’s real. Right. so there are some management companies that try to encourage that through wine on Wednesdays or this sort of stuff, but like, it needs to be something it’s a lot deeper than that. Bobby (00:52:42): So sick that’s the next sort of like, level that I took to understand is like, okay, how could we maybe try and do things that would encourage interaction, which is going to be like a much stronger community bond. And then as we got into suburban development, you necessarily think about like, how does this building fit in with everything else? And I’d say that the downside that I initially thought of that was, and this is I think because I was being put through my paces by some very by certain kinds of local neighborhood groups tend to focus a lot more on the appearance of a building. Sure. Which is why a lot of those like pretty pictures really do matter. Right? You got to show them something that looks really nice. They will rarely have ever looked at the floor plans or think about that stuff. Bobby (00:53:24): They might say how many, two bedrooms are there because we don’t want the, we don’t the school’s overcrowded with kids and that sort of stuff, but generally new construction. You’re not going to have that many kids based on the unit size that you’re doing. It does happen. But they’re usually really focused on the exterior and I was as well. And then the next thing that developers end up being focused on again, which I, I did up, up until even a few years ago was thinking like, all right, if I’m going to think about how this building fits in with a rested building, I want to think about like mixed use. Right? So I ended up designing, getting some variances on a few of our projects, say like, let’s put in like a food hall let’s put in like this large, like two story-like a two story space to make it feel a little more grand. Bobby (00:54:04): Let’s pull the building back for literate from like this public square, but think about like how the building interacts with in public spaces. And I don’t think that’s wrong. And I think even up to that point, I was mainly thinking of the the residential is like, almost like, I don’t say passive, but that mixed use creates value. And then residential takes advantage of things that are like created by one store retail, a shops like bright lights good street parking or things like that. And so I think where I’ve eventually matured to thinking about is thinking about how floor plans make communities and where I can see it most is in the negative. There are new neighborhoods going up where basically everyone is developing by the same rubric. So you have in 10,000 units going up in somewhere like in Dallas, in certain areas, there’s going to be say like uptown in Dallas, most of the units fit like the same thing. Bobby (00:55:10): There’s a whole lot of these one bedrooms, a lot of stiffener, a lot of these different, like two bedrooms. There’s not a lot of like overall community of this thing of this more flushed out type community. So that to me and where I think about floor plan data. And when I think about like unit type data is like that’s what I would like to continue to research and advocate for and think about is like, and I also, frankly think it’s good business because if people are building, you know, 8,000 of a certain type of one bedroom it’s probably not good business to build the same one at bat. Right. You’d probably just be better off of building something, not that. So I think it’s good business, but I also think like that it’s more sustainable of saying like, great let’s assume, because that’s probably gonna be the case that like most large scale projects and developments within Dallas Fort worth or Phoenix, or these are Denver, these high growth areas is going to work. Bobby (00:56:00): So then what’s this community going to look like in three years. Right. and so that, that’s the way, the thing I’ve personally matured and thinking about, it’s absolutely necessary to also think about the mixed use stuff. I don’t have the background into that to like really be the person who pushes that forward. That’s going to be through other developers who know how like hospitality and food service, like really. So I think it’s for those people to push that, the one that I can think about is like, is, is think about us for plans. And I think I can think about, and describe that about as well as anyone else. So that that’ll be my, my mark, I think. And other people like John or whoever else will, we’ll talk about those other ones. Matt (00:56:41): Yeah. So, you know, we’re, you know, you, you’ve got the mathematical background and quantifiable data is tough. How do you quantify experience? I guess, I mean, wait, which, how, how do, how can you create a unit mix that creates more community within in an area? I know you can’t really quantify it from a, a numbers standpoint, but what, what types of things do you see that do create that value? Bobby (00:57:30): So that to me is I think where unit type diversity, particularly in larger things and for families is to me, I think where it’s a big difference. And again, I can, it’s, it’s difficult to see like what it should be ideally. I think it’s easier to see when it kind of goes the other direction. So you know, my wife and I rented a house in San Francisco for a summer and went to a 4th of July party with our two kids at the time there were at this party in golden gate park and we lived in, we lived in 19th of bell book, beautiful, beautiful part of the city, right in between the Presidio and golden gate park. At this 4th of July party, there were eight bouncy castles and our children were the only children there out of like thousands of people. Bobby (00:58:20): And I remember my, my son who was, I don’t know, few years old was just like baffled when we were just like those are not for kids because it was, you know, shenanigans and all that, all that sort of stuff. And so I think like nothing against San Francisco, I think it’s, I think it’s a terrific city. And I think it has every advantage weather-wise and autonomy and that sort of stuff. But even people live there will acknowledge like that there needs to be demographic diversity and like age diversity within that. I mean, it’s, you can see in all kinds of different groups, whether it’s like churches or other sorts of different community organizations, like it can’t all be everyone within the same cohort or becomes necessary that when people get to a certain life stage they’ll leave. Bobby (00:59:05): So I think at a minimum what’s really important is to have those units there, plenty people are going to choose to leave because people move more than usual. But I think just having those units that are going to be larger, we’ll have like just a few families, I think, enabled people to think it possible for me to stay. And then they, aren’t always going into that area saying I’m here to live in the city and then I’m going to leave. And I think that’s, that’s what causes a lot of friction, like I said, within within churches or within different sort of substance community, like people know even within New York, you go and you live in this part of the city when you’re single, you live in this part of the city that you have like a significant other. And then when you have kids, you move to the upper west side, you move to Brooklyn, right? Like it would be different. And the makeups that it would be different if it was, if there was a little bit more unit typology mix within those individual neighborhoods for better and for worse, and that, that may not work for New York. But that is where I see the opportunity within, especially some of these Greenfield developments. Matt (01:00:11): Yeah. That, that actually makes a lot of sense that the, having that unit diversity, you might have some, you know, families are usually a less transient group when there’s a family unit. So you know, maybe having some more options for that might be a little more stability. Bobby (01:00:35): Well, and also, you know, again, not, not to get into the floor plan layout stuff too much, but I would say like the way that a three-bedroom a floor plan is going to be laid out, that’s a highest and best use for family first, a three bedroom layout that’s best for like three roommates are vastly different. So as long as, as long as you build a unit, that’s like primarily for three for three roommates and then said, well, let’s just have the family move in there. And the family’s not going to compete with that because it’s always gonna make more sense for people to split the rent three ways at and, and bid it up, which is why, you know two bedrooms in pubic of San Francisco or six grand. Right. it, it, it’s people sharing, which is just slightly less expensive than, than getting something on your own. Bobby (01:01:20): So it needs, it would need to be something different, right. Smaller built in bunk beds. I’m not sure, but like, as you’ve seen different families who make things work in the city, then I think it’s through those odd shaped or smaller, more efficient or different type of different type of flip on layouts. So I think like looking at overall community and saying like, it seemed like that there’s not as much of this where I think that’s very difficult from the data. So, oh, I agree that this part is hard as you have, to, some degree you have to attach to paint that that is what’s needed, even though the data will not necessarily show up. If it’s there, you’d have to believe that that is where that’s a little bit easier for me to jump over the hurdle is that given how I have worked in, in some of these higher barrier, suburban areas, that’s something that you always have to get over right away because in areas where stuff has not been built for a long time, you can’t look at the existing information. Bobby (01:02:17): Here’s going to say like, there’s high meeting income, there’s good schools. I know people are going to pay rents. It doesn’t matter that big to think product is like old and bad like that doesn’t hold my rents down. This is something that’s just like a different product for different kind of person. So I think you need to make similar jumps. And that’s one of the things that I’ve been trying to promote and bright guy I’ve had so much fun working on this through Twitter of just like consulting or talking to other people’s projects or saying like, here’s what I think you should do with their units because here’s, what’s, here’s, what’s everyone else is building. So at a minimum, let’s build something a little bit different and let’s try and like flesh out this these floor plan pipes, but holistically a little bit more so about it. It’s, it’s in the very early stages. Matt (01:03:08): Yeah. Yeah. And my next question is what keeps you up at night? And I, I think I think that might be part of it you’re, you’re busy drawing in your mind right now, but Bobby (01:03:22): Yes, ma’am, I am, I’d say that the thing that gets me the most excited is and I know we’ve talked a little before, we can maybe talk a little about the effect of Twitter, which I think has been so neat in terms of the way that there’s like knowledge share and you know, from people involved as apps. Incredible. I, I, I wish that I had had access to it early in my career. But now that I know a little bit what I’m doing, I, I enjoy being able to answer other people’s questions, but I would say the thing that isn’t really neat about real estate Twitter has been seeing the degree to which ideas that I have already as other people have have the potential to influence other people. I mean, I’ve, I’ve gotten I, I’ve now gotten to work on the floor plans of, for other people for you thousand units, which is more, more than I’ve built my entire career, just in the last, like four months on Twitter. Bobby (01:04:16): I’ve had a hand in redesigning or commenting on more units than I’ve ever done in my career today, just, just through social media, just because people saying like, Hey, Bobby these are my floor plans. Can you tell me what you think they’re gonna rent for? Or can you tell me, like, based on the other units in the area, like how they should, how they should change. And so that’s been just really cool to see that the power of that kind of impact, I mean, generally development is not something that scales, right. Like that degree. And so it turns out tha
69 minutes | Sep 29, 2021
Understanding the Pathway to Net-Zero Carbon Emissions with Breana Wheeler – Ep. 56
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Understanding the Pathway to Net-Zero Carbon Emissions with Breana Wheeler – Ep. 56 About the Guest Hello and welcome to Episode #56 of the Placemaking Podcast! Can’t wait to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Breana Wheeler, Director of Operations for BREEAM USA. Breana Wheeler became the Director of Operations – US for BRE in May 2016 with a mission to provide a credible, rigorous, science-based option for existing buildings to understand their sustainability performance, set a pathway to improvement and to certify performance where there is value in doing so. Breana organizes and oversees the daily operations of the business, including the development and maintenance of the BREEAM USA technical standards. Prior to joining BRE, Breana worked for nearly ten years as an internal advisor on environmental and sustainability risk management for large, multinational corporations and was based in London, England. BREEAM is the world’s leading sustainability assessment method for masterplanning projects, infrastructure and buildings. It recognizes and reflects the value in higher performing assets across the built environment lifecycle, from new construction to in-use and refurbishment. BREEAM does this through third party certification of the assessment of an asset’s environmental, social and economic sustainability performance, using standards developed by BRE. This means BREEAM rated developments are more sustainable environments that enhance the well-being of the people who live and work in them, help protect natural resources and make for more attractive property investments. ​In this episode, we look at Breana’s top strategy for achieving net-zero carbon emissions in construction, common myths about sustainability certifications that need to be debunked, and how BREEAM is different than some of the other sustainability certifications out there currently. There is loads of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Breana for taking the time out of her crazy-busy schedule to discuss this topic of Understanding the Pathway to Net-Zero Carbon Emissions with me. As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. So without further ado, let’s start the show! Show Notes Matt (00:00:02): Hey, welcome to the show, Breana, Breana (00:00:45): Thank you very much for having me. Matt (00:00:47): I’m glad to have you on the show. I’ve read a lot about your background and some of the main initiatives of your group and thought it’d be fun to kind of dig in a little deeper. So I guess to start off, can you give us a little bit about your background and where you started in this, in this journey, and then we’ll take it from there? Breana (00:01:12): Sure. So I started actually in the sustainability field around 2007. I was looking at environmental sustainability for big corporations. I worked for a couple of design and engineering firms, very internally focused. And I was living in London. I spent 10 years in London initially, and then I moved back to the United States and started looking at real estate and sustainability very specifically in the built environment. And in 2016 I became the director of operations for each year in the US Matt (00:01:47): Well, just curious, why London? Breana (00:01:52): My partner is British, so yeah, so I moved there initially, for love as one does. So yeah, it was a great move. And actually at that time sustainability in the UK was really consolidating a proper profession. There’s a lot of, there are organizations that support professional development in a really fundamental way. And so it was an exciting time to kind of have a finally have a professional designation that kind of went with that. It wasn’t just, I care about the environment. What does that look like for a job? It was like, oh, this is actually a profession in which you can get paid to do these things, how exciting, so it was a great introduction to actually thinking about this and in a business sense and of course the UK and Europe, it has been on the forefront of sustainability for a very long time. So it was a great place to kind of cut my teeth as it were in the sustainability place. Matt (00:02:52): Right. Definitely, somebody that’s a little ahead of where we’re at here, in the United States. That’s sure. Yeah, I’ve been to London just once, but it was a very interesting and exciting place. I’m sure you had fun there while you were there. Breana (00:03:12): It was very enjoyable. Matt (00:03:15): Perfect. So let’s bring this back a little bit further. And what kind of brought this to your forefront as a passion? Was it just, the idea of environmental sustainability as a whole, and that kind of just bred some of these thoughts and led to this career, or do what the Genesis of kind of your interest in this subject was? Breana (00:03:43): Sure. So both my undergrad and my master’s is in environmental geography and it was all about environmental studies as the impact of, and climate change really coming to the forefront, and not to try and age me a little bit, but when I was an undergrad, oh Lord, I can’t even believe I just said that. But when I was an undergrad, climate change was something that was going to happen in the future. Right. And it was something we needed to avoid. Right. So, but it was quite theoretical and there were lots of folks still talking about, well, is this real? Is this not? And so for me, it became more about how do you take that theoretical and how do you start applying it in a really practical way? One of the very first key roles I had in my career was actually doing carbon footprinting for one of my organizations. Breana (00:04:31): And that was a real eye-opener. How do you practically understand what your impact is and quantify it in a way that actually can be both informative internally to make decisions, but also how do you communicate that? And at the time that, and over time, I think we’ve seen it, this evolution was, it’s very much gone from, it was acceptable for the methodology to be, let’s say loose, kind of a finger in the air. We think it might be around here where, the consequence of it is becoming a lot stricter. And of course the correlation between that performance and business risk. And, when I was working for design and engineering companies, I was looking at them as an organization, and the beauty of that of course is when you’re looking at organizations, you can, I mean, they can be doing anything. Breana (00:05:25): You’re really just trying to understand what their specific impact is. Whereas with the built environment, it was very clear that buildings and the built environment overall have a huge impact. That, it’s 40% of the emissions that had a place for me that was really exciting because we could translate that once again, to actual impact, how do we start driving forward to avoid the worst of climate change? Of course, over time, that’s become even more important as we’ve moved from the theoretical into the actual we’re experiencing it now. And I think, in the early days in sustainability, when it was kind of seen as a nice to have, that was a little bit, discouraging because it was always like, well, do we need to do this? Whereas now, the risks are so evident and becoming clear every day that that’s really pushing again for action. So it’s a great space to be in, I think, I mean, it’s a little, a little nerve-wracking sometimes I think when we’re thinking about the consequence, but, but absolutely a place where impact can be made. Matt (00:06:32): Absolutely. And I think you hit the nail on the head there earlier several times, but when you were talking about, back in 2006, 2007, maybe it was quantifiable, there was no, nobody could really put a finger on what the impact was. And then as technology and science, and there’s like you said, there’s a dedicated field to it. Now it’s a real profession. All of those influenced the availability, the ability, I guess, to quantify the impact. And from there, you’ve seen several other industries kind of blossom, an organization’s blossom to ways that you can actually quantify these impacts and hopefully reduce them. And let’s, let’s kind of transition that into where you’re at now and, and what you’re doing right now with BREEAM. Breana (00:07:40): So BREEAM was the very first green building certification program in the world. And our organization developed it because in 1990, when we launched and, and in the late eighties, when sustainable development was a term, right, there was literally nothing available that helped, helped kind of set what that meant for buildings. , what, we can talk about sustainable development is this conceptual term, but how does that actually translate through? So BREEAM was launched specifically to provide a definition and a framework, and, it probably helps to know the BRE where the building research establishment we are this year, 100 years old yeah. Building science research organization. Breana (00:08:36): So for a century now we have been developing science-led solutions to built environment challenges, and that’s the whole gamut. That’s everything, that’s research that’s innovation, services to the real estate and construction sectors, but also to governments around the world about the built environment. So, when we developed BREEAM, it was very much about bringing that building science focus into play. And it wasn’t so much even about, just about green as such, right. Cause sustainability meant so much more than that environmental sustainability. Absolutely. But it also meant people and it also meant economics finance. So our program was really developed to help deliver a solution. So yeah, so BRE is headquartered in the UK, but we have operational centers here in the US and China, and Europe. And we’re owned by a charity that has the BRE trust and their sole purpose is to support research and education on the built environment, including funding postgraduates and their studies. So it’s very much a profit-for-purpose kind of approach to this. But we were very dedicated to the science that sits behind buildings to deploying something and, and setting standards that will deliver outcomes and focus on those outcomes and support our are support the built environment, the real estate sector to really, move forward and in solving these challenges. Matt (00:10:06): So, so you, you touched on a few basically charging orders, three, three different kinds of legs of the stool. Basically, you’ve got personal health and wellbeing. You got the environmental health and you’ve got, financial or economic health I guess is a better way to put it. So, it’s tough to tough to balance all three of those. And it must be a tricky, a tricky issue for you guys to solve, on how to balance all three to a positive outcome. So I guess the one I’m most interested in other than environmental would be health and wellbeing. How do you, how do you address health and wellbeing? And while at the same time, being able to address all, all three items and these are, these are big, Breana (00:11:14): Right? This is not a small challenge. Absolutely. So, BREEAM has been developed as something of a balanced scorecard. And one of the big things about our program is that this isn’t about perfection. This is about understanding how you get the best out of your asset. So what we do with the standard is we set what that looks like across all three of those columns, right? The economic, the health and wellbeing, and then environmental, and we focus on outcomes. So what that allows client teams to do is really find the best pathway to achieve all of those things and reward strategies that take off multiple benefits. Let’s say, let’s call them. Co-Benefits are not always the easiest thing, but I think that’s one of the key things about sustainability. This is not about perfection, right? Like we could focus on the 10% of the problem and miss the fact that we can solve 90%. Breana (00:12:14): Right. So, our program is very much about finding a balance and utilizing the framework to make better decisions. So starting with a baseline of where you think you want to be, let’s say, and then using the framework to say, oh, okay, where can we do better? How can we do better? And finding those pathways to, to ident, to for solutions that , can solve multiple issues. So the way that BREEAM focuses around health and wellbeing and this has been critical. I mean, health and wellbeing has been a part of our program, right from the beginning. I mean, 40 years ago we knew about things like sick building syndrome, right. And we know too, you can develop really green buildings, really, really low energy that are absolutely miserable for human beings to inhabit, right. It’s totally possible. Breana (00:13:02): So for us health and wellbeing is at its core about delivering from the building perspective, delivering environments that enable healthy occupants. And that’s really critical. We’re not trying to influence occupant behavior as such, this is all about how do you address the fundamentals that deliver that healthy environment, but also manage your risk. Now that’s a financial piece, right? There you go, a little co-benefit in there, kind of, we start blending in, but all of this is from a health and wellbeing perspective, we’re looking at the fundamentals around a broad range. So, there’s thermal comfort, obviously there’s acoustics. There is in our wellbeing, in all of our programs, we address Legionella risk, which is something that often isn’t talked about in sustainability at all, or even about health and wellness, but that’s quite a key one. Breana (00:13:56): So we, again, bring in together all of these pieces, when we focus on outcomes, we really help the market find solutions that do this. So perfect example, during the COVID times, of course, it’s early in the pandemic, there was a lot of conversation going on about the trade-off between energy efficiency and and health and wellbeing. And for many, this is a zero sum game. You either had health healthy buildings, or you had energy efficiency, and there was very little ground in between. And that was sad because we can’t have, we can’t have one or the other because the, actually the impacts of , lower performing buildings and energy is that although all that pollution goes out into our communities, which impacts their health. So really we’re sacrificing the health of our community for the health of occupants in a building that didn’t make any sense. Breana (00:14:51): And even as those conversations were going, you could, you could hear like kind of the mutterings in the background going, wait a minute, this just doesn’t sound right. Well, fast forward, we’re now seeing innovations coming into the market that do both things. They are finding things that, for instance, that will, clean ventilation systems and you’d be, but they aren’t energy intensive. So you can find a solution that actually doesn’t require those much higher rates of ventilation, because you’ve got another solution to go with it. It took a little bit of time. I mean, we were kind of innovating on the fly, but for companies and, and those we’re creating solutions who are looking for the co-benefits, who weren’t just looking to solve a very specific problem and not thinking about those bigger things, those companies are really going to do well out of this. Because again, we have to think about all of these solutions in a really holistic way, and what are the knock on effects? We can focus on energy efficiency and really tight buildings, but we could also then end up damaging health and wellbeing. That doesn’t seem like a good trade off. Right. And so, so BREEAM has been really about trying to make that a little bit more evident and trying to drive those solutions. Matt (00:16:00): I love it. I love it. That’s a very well put, I think it’s, it’s tough to, to balance all three, but when you do, you can find some efficiencies maybe in one or, or , there there’s always solutions. I mean, you  just look at it a little more holistically and you’d be surprised what you find out. And, that’s why I wanted to touch on health and wellbeing since the nature of the current environment right now is that’s a huge, huge focus. And it’s nice to see that they’re coming up with solutions that don’t sacrifice necessarily the environmental wellbeing as well, wellbeing and the environment. So thanks for touching on that. I wanted to kind of transition this a little bit more, you said BRE’s been around for a hundred years. So how, how has BREEAM different than some of the other sustainability certifications that are out there currently? Breana (00:17:19): Sure. So a couple of key things. One is the science base that comes with it. So we use science to develop the standard. It is what drives everything that we do. The science, the research, the the data is really telling. I mean, it’s, it’s one of the reasons why, health and wellbeing was , part of our program right back in 1990. It’s one of the reasons why carbon emissions has been the metric of measurement in our standard since 1990, right. Science told us that to address climate change, carbon emissions was really the metric that we were going to be using. So the science-based is, is really critical to that. The second thing is probably around the, the holistic nature as we’ve just talked about, being able to bring together the three aspects , not just green, but the people part, part of this. Breana (00:18:15): And also the financial value, this is a really important aspect. So, when we talk about the financials,  we’re thinking really about the longer-term value of the asset. So, not just how, how sustainability or environmental performance looked, for the last 12 months, or in the past, but how it’s looking towards the future, how are you going to protect and maximize the asset value over the term? And whether in construction designing construction, that’s about,  how do you ensure that the asset will be operated as it was intended through design, through the handover process or whether we’re, in operations. And it’s about making sure that, your, protecting the equipment and all these other aspects to it. That longer-term value is really critical. Breana (00:19:09): One aspect of course, around this is we’ve incorporated resilience into our standard over the last year. And while there’s always been aspects of resilience in it for our in use program, when we launched our latest version last may we brought in a specific resilience category, and that was very much about recognizing that climate change. Again, wasn’t something that was just happened or, theoretical going to happen in the future, but was starting to happen now. So we really shifted our approach from being solely about mitigation, to also incorporating adaptation. That’s very much about the financial kind of aspect looking to that future. Matt (00:19:48): Right. Did it, sorry to interrupt here, but did that come about based on some of the more recent findings about where we’re at in as well as in climate change as a whole, as far as maybe pushing the needle, maybe it’s, we need to start looking about how to adapt for this new future? Breana (00:20:11): Absolutely. So we established a core technical team in 2019 specifically to focus on resilience and how resilience was addressed throughout all of the BREEAM family of standards. And it was really about making sure, looking at that to say, okay, how in depth, what are we covering so far? And what’s, what’s missing. There’s also been a huge investor drive, of course around, , the task force for climate related financial disclosures, the TCFD and being able to understand, , the physical and transitional risks that come with assets. So the resilience category was very much about looking at kind of bringing this elevating. It, let’s say to sit alongside the environmental performance metrics, , current operational energy and whatnot and also the financials, the health and wellbeing, and really bringing into the conversation as part of that balance. Breana (00:21:07): So , we’ve always had aspects of it, but, , BREEAM was started in 1990 when this was, , theoretical, right. We were all looking at the avoidance it’s , I mean, personally, it felt a little sad in some ways, cause I’m like, wow, we’re not, we’re not it. Yeah. Like we’re now moving fully into adaptation. And, and there is, , just from a business risk perspective, it’s absolutely critical that we address it. So for us having resilience as part of this is very much thinking about that future and asset value. But I would say that the third thing that makes us different is around our verification. So our certification is delivered through third-party licensed assessors, so they’re truly third-party to us we train and license them, but clients work with the assessors. They appoint them. Breana (00:21:57): And we do a very rigorous quality assurance of their work, but it’s really important because they go out on site to verify performance and that’s really critical. So when we’re talking about design and construction part of the evaluation is during the construction phase for the assessor to visit site, to make sure that the final certificate actually reflects what was actually built, not just the design. We do a design stage to where, , this is our ambition, but we recognize things happen in construction, right? Things change plans, change materials aren’t available as we’ve seen recent things. So this is all about the, , the, having the end results to be demonstrated. And then an operations, it’s the same thing around, , just verifying that, what we see on paper is actually what’s seen at the, at the asset and that provides an additional layer of assurance when this is being either internally used for making business decisions or communicating to stakeholders. Breana (00:22:57): And it’s one of the reasons why BREEAM is really the gold standard and seeing around the world as is as credible and rigorous is because they know that it’s been seen by, , a human being at the site. It also adds a lot of value, particularly in existing buildings. , we have a long tail of what we would call unique buildings. That’s always the term and, and any chief engineer will start cracking up at that because no doubt, they’ve, they’ve worked with a unique building here and there, but , those buildings that are just, , they’re the result of design decisions made some time ago, they’ve got interesting features and whatever, it’s really hard to explain that on paper. Right. So having a person being able to come out, , building professional who really understands it, that’s really a valuable piece of the process. Right, right. Matt (00:23:45): And I guess I wanted to speak on one thing that, , I see personally, so I deal with a lot of, of private development. So ground up developers or, or even, industries, various various groups. And I, I, I see that, , one complaint I often hear is that maybe they’re not, maybe they’re not holding the, the the building, the site or whatever past, once they get to lease up or whatnot. , so they don’t ever see the long-term benefits of some of these methods, I guess. What, how would you address that? Breana (00:24:37): Sure. So, so buildings, , I mean, as we know, most buildings are now designed to be what, 50 to 80 years of life cycle. Right. And so, , we’re right now, we’re, we’re building assets that are going to be here when the 2050 mark hits and we need to be at net zero. So while it seems like at the moment the developers aren’t, , gaining, gaining value in this, , how does this help, what they’re doing is they’re demonstrating that they’re not selling on something that is going to have a built-in liability or future regulatory problem into it, or, it’s reducing that risk. Let’s say we never, we never do absolutes. It’s always shades, isn’t it. So, yeah. So we looked at this as a way of saying, , where we’re talking about, for example , operational carbon emissions. Breana (00:25:27): We know that there are jurisdictions right now. New York city is my favorite example of this through local law, 97, , who are setting building performance standards that will require net zero carbon performance by particular time period, New York I think is 2040. But these are, these are happening across the United States, right? So for any developer building within these jurisdictions, where there might even be a hint of this going on, , they’re already building in a performance based on how they’ve designed and how they’re constructing the building that will impact on value in the longer term, because any investor at this point, , one, we’ll be looking at what their, even if their whole period is only 10 years, let’s say, they’re going to be looking at that saying, okay, what I’m buying now? What is that going to be worth? Breana (00:26:15): When I, when I sell in 10 years, what is the liability that I’m building into that? What work will I have to put into it in the meantime? So we’re kind of approaching this period where this is really about protecting the value of that building as much as adding value. And I think that’s one of the biggest issues we’ve seen with sustainability, particularly in the U S is that this has been about, , a niche kind of approach. It’s been an amenity, a business case, and that will not get us very far because only so many people will want to pay, , the only so many people will pay extra rent. And when we put it in those terms, this stops being so much about the asset value overall, it becomes more of an extractive, right. And that kind of ends, I mean, we’ve seen that in many urban core centers now where certification of any kind is just an expectation. Breana (00:27:09): Is that now adding to rent? I question that because I would say actually, if everybody’s certified, then who cares, it’s no longer a differentiator, it’s now an expectation. And so you simply actually start getting the discount. If you aren’t, they’ll basically command lower rents simply for that. So, , in this way, sustainability has really been, , moving towards the business case that goes with it. And I think, I mean, I, I only welcome that because for one thing, we’ve been making this case forever, but also it needs to be absolutely integrated. And in everything that we’re doing, if we keep treating it like an amenity, , we’re never going to get there. This has to be about all buildings, because that’s what the challenge is. We need every building to be doing this. Matt (00:27:53): It’s big. Breana (00:27:55): It is, yeah. It keeps me up at night. I had to say, , there’s a lot of buildings. There’s like, what 5.3 million existing buildings in the United States, most of which are doing very little to address this issue so far, but that’s been why I’m here. Why Bre is here, why the U S is just, , an exciting place to be, because for us, BREEAM is all about being able to take those buildings wherever they are and giving them an opportunity to start moving forward. Matt (00:28:26): Interesting. Interesting. So, , we’ve been talking about the economics of this attempt at net zero and what this means for, , developers or really anybody that’s, that’s trying to construct a building, but what, , what is the top strategy that you’ve seen for achieving that zero or, or attempting to meet that zero carbon emissions in construction? Breana (00:29:00): Sure. So two, probably the top two things first is focus on building efficiency. Brianna is very much , an envelope first is how we talk about it, , envelope and building efficiency is absolutely critical if you don’t get that right. It does not matter how much onsite energy, or how much power, how many offsets you buy really, you’ve got a poorly performing building. So for us, it’s really critical that the building envelope and systems are focused on first. , not only does this make the building more valuable from a longer perspective, , fewer problems, less, let’s say , during rainstorms or something, , there’s, there’s other benefits that really come from that, but in the bigger picture around net zero carbon , buildings that are energy efficient and super energy efficient, and more importantly, , will simply demand less from the grid. Breana (00:29:58): And we know that, , we need to reduce our demand in order for us to meet the renewable energy that we can generate at this point through grid. So that’s really critical. And our program is very much about rewarding that first supporting that. So I think for designing construction, , I mean, we can talk about it from a green perspective and we do, I mean, we, we look at we award credits based on what the, how the design will deliver operational carbon emissions predicted. But the really big thing about that is that that’s also about delivering a really valuable building, right? It again, provides that financial budget well-constructed et cetera. So building efficiencies is really core, and everybody can benefit from that, even if it’s not the lifecycle that you’re holding onto the asset through. Breana (00:30:51): And the second thing is the onsite, renewable energy generation. , this is very much in seen in a carbon context. What obviously is resilience comes in, this is becomes a lot bigger. So I live in California, , our, our utility PG and E is having to shut off the electricity to counter the wildfire risk. How fun is this? Thanks climate change. And pat on the back to all of us, what I mean? This is, this has been really, really critical because there’s the risk there. So onsite renewable though builds resilience in the building. Now this is really critical. , there are some obviously, , how long can you deal with the disruption? And in some sectors and some uses, I suppose you could deal with some, but what if we’re talking about logistics and manufacturing, for example you can’t just switch off the lights or, , switch off all your energy and just kind of walk away and go, well, there goes business, , I mean, these have real economic impact. Breana (00:31:46): And so you or medical offices, for example, , we talk a lot about resilience in hospitals as critical infrastructure, but when we’re talking about our economy overall and how energy really underpins everything that we do, it’s really important to start looking at all of it as kind of important pieces, critical. Okay. I can definitely go with hospitals and things like that as critical, but when we’re talking about our wider economy and we’re talking about transition and really be the impacts that we’re starting to see from climate change onsite, renewable energy generation really brings multiple benefits into the building. And Lord knows we have a lot of a lot of land, right? I mean, how many times have you flown into places, , and you’re flying over acres of parking, that’s baking in the sun. And, , my favorite example is, , what, I flew into Dallas the last time, like ages ago, but, , there’s acres of parking and I’m just like, I didn’t, I just see something in the news about Texas cookies, where you can bake cookies in your car until lunch or something, , where it gets so hot, right where your car is, , so why not put solar PV? Breana (00:32:57): Why not put something that, , also protects the car is underneath, is better for human beings, , generates energy on site. Like, why not, why aren’t we doing this? And all the places that we can. So BREEAM is very much about encouraging that aspect, whether it’s your roof space, your parking lot, whatever it is, do, what you can to generate onsite, to build resilience into your assets. And also we’ve seen this with neighborhoods too, is that, , if you can , we’re seeing a lot more now not so much through Bria, but just through the conversations about building up, , districts where you have energy generation, where you can start to get neighborhoods going in, , how exciting would it be? If we, , we had neighborhoods where after, , a natural, , a natural event, a crisis, , a hurricane or something where, , our commercial buildings are helping power homes to keep things going, , to, , providing a critical resource. Breana (00:33:50): It’s one of the things we’ve also built into Brianna about how encouraging commercial buildings to connect into their neighborhoods on a resilience aspect. But this could be one of those things, two buildings, , these are the same place where people live, , they’re not distinct anymore. And so we can kind of work together, not make this separation. Our resilience as a community can be built as well as resilience and protection of the asset. We’ve seen some good research come out , particularly around the events where, , in the past insurance has been used to try and protect asset value, but the things that insurance doesn’t protect for example, are when your local economy doesn’t come back. Breana (00:35:23): Yeah. It’s just thinking about commercial buildings as part of the community fabric. They’re not different, they’re not separate. They, , they’re, they’re part of where we live and, and they’re part of our everyday existence. Wouldn’t that be great if commercial buildings, , supported the communities through this, , through resilience, we see this now , with with buildings kind of offering up a place of refuge, for example , in an event, what does that look like? 3M does support that because we want the, we want buildings to connect in with their communities because that bolsters community resilience. And in turn, that protects value of those assets. If you don’t have a local economy after some kind of an event, a hurricane, an earthquake, whatever you’re building is going to be damaged over the long-term in a way that insurance is never going to cover. So really critical that these things come together. So those would be the two, the two really key things I would say to work on at this point. And then, , the other, the other stuff will come later, I think. Matt (00:36:30): Yeah, no. And I wanted to, while we were talking about it, , we jumped in to this, this topic by mentioning net zero carbon emissions, and I think it would be best to go ahead and, and mention what that really means before, , net zero carbon emissions is not the same as not emitting any carbon emissions. Breana (00:36:58): Wow. How much time do we have to talk about this? I know. I mean, Matt (00:37:02): Yeah, I just, in a nutshell, can you just describe what that truly means Breana (00:38:09): What do we mean? And that is , in some definitions that can mean essentially, I mean, effectively the overall is that you are generating as much energy or sorry generating the zero, the zero with the carbon. Sorry, I lost my mind there. It’s, it’s all about, , what are you , generating, how much are you generating? How much are you putting in through renewables through zero carbon. So that is a big, a big aspect of, , what counts are we saying zero, meaning you’re not generating any emissions or are you saying that you can offset that? And what does that offset look like? And there’s a lot of different options available for that. So, it can be offsite, renewable energy, purchasing through power purchasing agreements for energy that’s being generated elsewhere. Breana (00:39:12): There’s a lot of conversation about that. Does it need to be in the same grid? Is it okay to purchase it from a different state, a place where maybe the, the , the grid in that location is actually potentially dirtier than the, than the grid that you’re actually operating in. So is that a bigger impact? And it’s really interesting to see the, the conversation going on about this, because I think we’re all driving to the same thing, right? What we want to do is we want to make the biggest impact we possibly can with the decisions and the tools that we have available. And we know for example, that, , urban core buildings are not going to have the opportunity to put on onsite generation in the way that a suburban or rural building would, right. So what are we going to do about those, those assets, but also we’re looking at the app, the side of offsets which, , a lot of companies have already declared themselves to be net zero because of the basis of the offsets they’ve purchased. That does not mean they are not emitting carbon. And while that strategy works, now, we also know there are not enough offsets available in the entire world to offset that’s right. Matt (00:40:25): The shape we’re in right now. Right? Breana (00:40:27): Exactly. It’s not, it’s not possible. And actually in some ways, I think some ways that masks the risk, , we’re, we’re hiding the risk of our inefficiencies, of our assets and our, and our real estate and in effect hiding the risks that is , that is present. And I, and I feel like we’re, we’re more to a point now where investors in particular are asking very pointed questions. , the investors that we talk to globally for them offsets is just a nonstarter. They want to know about the assets themselves, their performance, they want to know about with, without any of that stuff. What is the trajectory? How are you getting to net zero carbon without offsets now offsets will have a place to play. I think we, we, we’ve got, we’ve got some space we need, we need that to happen, but we shouldn’t sacrifice focusing on building efficiency and onsite renewables, right? Breana (00:41:26): There’s a tiered approach. A prioritization offset should be absolutely at the end, , and we, we really , through BREEAM, , we wouldn’t be looking at offsets in that way, or we wouldn’t advise looking at offsets in that way, not until you’ve exhausted everything else. And really when we’re talking about net zero carbon and that designation, we should really, I mean, we throw away, right. , real, , for any owner should be able to demonstrate that all the other things were done first, how is, how would they focused on building efficiency? Have they maximize onsite renewables, all those other things first, before they start talking about offsets, we have so much still to go. I mean, I kind of look at it like, , with the, the conversation around carbon capture, I think there’s a fair number of people who are like crossing their fingers, hoping that it all pans out. Breana (00:42:19): And I’m like, I am not willing to risk humanity for the, maybe when we demonstrated we have full view about what we can do. I love project drawdown because I think they’d really managed to quantify where , where the big picture items can, , the really big impact of what the economic impact could be from that that’s really powerful. We can solve the majority of the problem. Let’s not focus on the hope of the, , the tiny, , 20% of the issue would, we’ve got all the skills, we’ve got the knowledge of everything we need to do to solve most of the problem. Now we just have to do it. Matt (00:43:03): Yeah. Carbon capture seems pretty nice, but we’re still a little ways away. Breana (00:43:10): I’m really excited. Oh yeah. I’m really excited by the projects. , there’s been some really great projects going on in Iceland, , that are, I mean, yeah, from a nerdy perspective, like we’re all a flutter about it, but that’s not going to solve the problem today. And, and again, just like the issue around , making a building super efficient, , w we can’t really, can we do carbon capture to, to solve the entire problem as it is right now with no further action? No. So we need to do all the things, right. Can’t focus on just one. We need to be doing everything at once, which of course, , is that’s difficult. Right. It seems like there’s a lot there, but focusing on the things that we know, reduce carbon emissions focusing today, and then keeping our eye on that, it’s going to be necessary. I mean, we, we do need it, but it’s just, there’s still so much we can do today to fix the problems. Matt (00:44:02): Yeah. And I do like, , coming back a little bit to the original discussion of, of, , bang for your buck. I love the point about, , localized basically energy sources instead of relying on the grid. I don’t know if you’ve read the grid by Gretchen think I’m going to screw up her last name. Baki maybe. Matt (00:44:30): But it’s, it talks about the history of the electrical grid and it’s, it’s so interesting. And at the same time, frightening to see, , what all of our economy is based off of a grid that was built so long ago and is very fragile and, and you’ve seen it, , you’ve seen the issues already. So just, , to even look, , 20 years in the future, we’re going to be having even worse problems. And it, it was kind of foreshadow. I mean, the book, I don’t remember when it was written, it’s, it’s not it’s not too old, but it’s still foreshadows shadows, these events that are coming up. And so yeah, some of that can be a lot of that could be addressed with what you’re saying is, is by providing local sources. Breana (00:45:27): Well, we have to remember that all of our infrastructure systems were predicated on an environment that existed, , 50 years ago, a hundred years ago, with the understanding of a really stable environment. We’re now facing a situation where those conditions are changing and our systems aren’t, weren’t designed with those in mind. I mean, again, I, , I live in California, , we talked about water, all of our water systems, , and our, the way that we deliver water to, , our agriculture into our cities is completely predicated on a particular level of, , of snow and snow pack and, and melting cycle, which is been demonstrably challenged for 10 years at this point. I mean, we’re in a 10 year Banga drought, and that’s not going to get any better. So when we’re looking at all of our systems, , there’s definitely, these are big changes, right? Breana (00:46:19): They’re macro changes. It’s not just the smaller pieces, but I think again, when we’re, we’re going to have to make changes. Okay. I think we can all agree on that. Right. And I don’t think anybody’s disputing that the, the nature of it, what it’s gonna look like. There’s a lot of different discussions in the end, we have to do two things. One is we have to prioritize delivery particularly around energy because that is what keeps our economy going. It’s what protects the health and wellbeing of our, our, of our communities, , through heat events, through, through freezing events, , that energy is what keeps us going and allows us to survive and thrive in those, those circumstances. So it becomes all the more important and we need to think about the strategies that, that will help deliver that. , it’s big questions, but I think if we, if we all come at this from, , the agreement that we’re all, we’re all trying to go for the same thing here, we’re trying to ensure that not only do we survive, but we thrive. Breana (00:47:24): And, and that, , everybody is brought in with that, , that, , let’s not build in the inequities of our previous system into the new one. If we do this in a thoughtful way, we still have time to transition really, to the world that we want to see, , where, where indoor environments are, , are safe from pollutants. And our energy is clean and doesn’t, , that generation doesn’t damage the health of our communities and children. I think we can, we can all agree on those things. And then, , just kind of taking a deep breath and saying, okay, let’s do this. Matt (00:47:59): Let’s do it. My Breana (00:48:01): Overall hope for humanity. Matt (00:48:04): Yeah, no, no, that’s, that’s great. And we’ll, we’ll touch on that here in a little bit, I think, but what, what’s the biggest area in sustainable construction or, or, or development as a whole that you’re curious about and why Breana (00:48:23): I think embodied carbon , it’s, it’s really lit up my sort of intellectual brain, because the, the challenge of trying to quantify, I mean, we’ve seen this already for, for many years in supply chain generally, and it is always been so hard, right? So many moving parts, like there are there in my world, in my previous world of trying to deal with supply chains. And I was like, oh, I wish we were vertically integrated so that everything was under one roof. We just did it, but it’s the nature of our economy, right? We have multiple supply chains when we do designing construction and you have multiple sub-contractors, all of which are like herding cats to dry and get them to the same goal. If it’s not built into, , your contracts, how do you enforce it? ? And so there’s a lot of, , we’re seeing in sustainable construction, there’s, there’s a lot of groundwork that has to be laid carefully step by step. Breana (00:49:17): And if you miss one of those, it can leave kind of a big hole. So one of the things I think around in body carbon, that’s so exciting is that , one is obviously quantifying materials, , how are we measuring the carbon footprint, essentially of building materials, which ones matter? For BREEAM, we, we always focus on the, , looking at the materials that make up the biggest proportion of the building. , we’re not, we’re not interested in, , a SWAT chair in a bit, there it’s like the concrete it’s steel it’s, , and these are because these are really big impact items. And I think there’s been some great headway made with tools to start bringing that transparency to light. , and I mean, I’m always interested because I’m a bit, , down in the details. Breana (00:50:05): So the nerdiness of like, how do you quantify it and what metrics do you use? , we can, we can tend to lose the impact of saying it doesn’t need to be perfect because right now it just needs to be better than what we’re doing. So let’s not get overly, overly focused on that cause it’ll get better over time. And we’re seeing so many products coming, but, but also making sure that we’re, , we’ve got the broadest amount of product, how do we make that , available and, and looking at at how that drives decision making. And then the second thing I think in construction on the actual construction side is the idea that we measure and manage impacts on construction sites. So many, many states already have like site waste management plan requirements for construction, right? And because that makes a lot of sense, because most many landfills that’s what they’re getting is construction waste, but we’re also talking about the energy that it takes to run that site, all the electricity to power tools, to, , power, the , the site manager, cabins, and also water and all and transportation emissions. Breana (00:51:15): Where’s all this stuff coming from. And this is a really exciting space because when we’re talking about embodied carbon, we’re talking about construction products and we’re talking about processes, and I’m not sure we really, at that place where we’re ready to do that across every construction site or even the big ones for that matter. So this is going to be a real sea change for the construction industry in particular, , and, and that’s, that’s going to take a lot to, to think about how we do things. We’ve got some great examples. I mean, we’ve got some global leaders who were curious, so Skanska is one of those full disclosure. I used to work for them. So I loved them. I worked in their infrastructure development side. So on the, on the financing side, not on the construction side, but it’s approaches like that, where being innovative and looking at those longer-term impacts , it’s about talking about how we can make that change. Breana (00:52:11): I mean, I worked for Skanska in what, 2007, and we were talking about embodied carbon then. I mean, that was, and, and the early part of my career kind of blew my mind. I was like, wow. Okay. But, , we’ve only recently heard that talking about, but I think from a construction standpoint, , that’s, that’s a tough one, right? We’ve got a lot of pressures on the construction environment right now. One of the big things is around labor. Where do we find skilled labor? Right. This is a great way I think, to pull in others who maybe wouldn’t have considered the construction sector as part of it, because this is something that they’re contributing to, , cause they’re, they’re working on sustainability, they’re looking at, , the impacts and they’re actually looking at this as a way of, of supporting their communities, , not just the building, the building, but what does this mean? So, , I think there’s some opportunities there that are going to be really exciting. Matt (00:53:03): I completely agree. I think the construction industry is one of the hardest to change. It’s the most set in its ways of pretty much any industry that’s in the U S it seems like other than oil and gas maybe, but , it’s, it’s a pretty well set in its ways. And I think it’s ripe for some disruption and it just takes having those new thoughts and maybe some new blood in the system that might help to push some things along. Breana (00:53:39): Well, I will say I, , as a big hug out to the U S construction industry, this is not unique to the United States all over the world. And this is, this is very common, , in, in, , the, , there’s always a conversation in many other places, , about, , productivity has not improved over time, , all these wonky words that go with it, but these are things that are quite common across the industries. And what we’re hoping to do as part of just brand overall is bring in that conversation to say, how can, how can this be utilized by the construction industry to really catapult them into the right position? So again, not so much a niche thing, but how do you navigate this? , if you’re if you’re, , a construction company here, client comes to you and says, oh, and I want you to do X, Y, and Z. Breana (00:54:27): And you’re just sitting there going, what the hell is that? Like, we’re here for you. We got you, , because we, we want to provide a way to up-skill everybody. And it doesn’t mean necessarily becoming, , the know all and all about embodied carbon, right? It’s more just about, , how does, how does this impact what I’m doing? How can I make this better? How can I help ensure that we, , stick to the rules and regulations that we have to follow, but how can we just do better with this? And I think the head’s up with the , from investors is really that in the development, we’re seeing green finance, for example, already starting to make the changes about what they will finance and what they won’t not so much what they will, but just what they give preferential terms to, , that’s already starting to make the changes. So, , the construction industry is going to have this heading their way as with anything. I think the sooner you get out in front of it, the better it is. Matt (00:55:23): Well, that’s probably what they’re thinking about it at night, but what about you? What keeps you up at night right now in your current position? Breana (00:55:32): Scalability, the scale of the challenge. Yeah. , we work with investors from all over the world with thousands of assets, and it can be really daunting to think about that kind of scale about understanding, , how, how do I go from the conversation of, , we, we understand the concept we get that we need to transition our portfolio of, I don’t know, 8,000 buildings to net zero carbon in less than 30 years. It becomes a huge piece of our puzzle of how do I make it move from there. And I think that’s one of the most exciting things about that is like, if we wait too long for perfection, if we wait too long to come up with the solution before acting, we might miss the mark. And as I said, , we’ve got the things in place, right. Breana (00:56:26): We simply need to get started. So I think for me, it’s, it’s all about, , the paralysis of at this moment of understanding the scale and we really risk that. And so, , when I talk to any of our potential clients or investors, I say start small first step, do five buildings, then do 10, then do 20 and keep scaling that and set yourself realistic targets. One of the things that concerns me is, is whether or not we’re seeing, , the full transparency of what the impact of these commitments are going to be. And I think, , when we’re talking about, , existing buildings in particular, , we’re, we’re going to need deep retrofits to move towards net zero carbon. And I think, I mean, there’s been plenty of research on this. It’s not, I don’t think it’s quite a secret, but I wonder how much everybody sees it in that context. Breana (00:57:23): Maybe they do. And they’re just not saying it and that’s why there’s sometimes crickets out there. But what I would encourage is that transparency. I think the, the understanding of the scale of the problem helps others outside understand the complexity, right? It’s not like snapping your fingers and we’re just all going to be net zero. This is going to take time. This is going to take investment and money and a thoughtful, methodical way. And we can all learn from each other. There’s no, , there’s no perfect route here. Every organization is going to have to go down their own way. And I really, , I really love hearing from different organizations trying different things. They’re not always successful. That is okay too, because the learning that comes out of it, we still have space and time. My worry is that we’ll get to 2040 and be not very far from where we are in now and wringing our hands. Breana (00:58:16): I mean, if anything, , the pandemics, then this really interesting kind of time, I think, because what it really showed is that we can do anything, right. We can change our entire economy. We can append it. Everything that everybody felt was concrete and immutable like just went, , and it’s gone. Right. It’s and what it showed is is that we can act when we need to. Right. But the, the pain of that on our communities, on our politics, on our, on our economics is so big. We do not want to wait that long. So from this, from the pandemic lesson, I, , I say like, we have to learn this lesson. If we don’t learn this lesson, now we really risk something much more catastrophic and we can avoid it. This is all avoidable. We just have to do it. Matt (00:59:05): Right. It’s going to be painful. It’s going to be painful now. But it will be less painful. Breana (00:59:15): Yeah. Painful now, excruciating later, if we don’t do it right, like let’s take painful now. And that’s Matt (00:59:21): So hard for human beings. So it’s, it’s, it’s a whole change of mindset and that, that requires a lot of effort. So it does , oh, go ahead. Breana (00:59:37): I was just going to say, but the pandemic, I think was a real lesson learned that we can make that change. Like never underestimate human beings, the ability to adapt. I think we’re, , as a species, , we aren’t in the position, we’re in also the bad parts, but the good part too, because we didn’t adapt to our circumstances. So , it, and this really becomes a community effort. I think if we, , take that really, , use that lesson we can, we can make it happen. Matt (01:00:05): Right. Well, yeah. , the, the pandemics really painted several, several lessons for people. And we’re still, we’re still dealing with that now, but it’s been an interesting time to talk to others in this profession that are dealing with the same thing. But going forward, let’s, let’s kind of look in the future here. What would you like if I, if I Wikipedia or Google your name or our Bre BREEAM in the future, I know those are all three different three different entities, but I guess we’ll start off with you and then maybe let’s look at BREEAM as a whole or the Bre as a whole. And what, what would you say? What, what would you like for it to say about you? As far as your legacy is concerned? Breana (01:01:08): Wow, that’s something Matt (01:01:11): I know I love it, but I know it’s not easy. Breana (01:01:15): No, I, I, I think for me personally, it’s it’s that the impact was made that the, the outcome was improved, that it was better. I, , for me personally leaving the world better than when I found it better than when it was handed to me. And also better for my children and my grandchildren eventually what a scary thought that is. But , that, that’s the biggest piece is that, , we, we leave it in a better place. I think for Bre, it’s also that, that thinking, , working for a 100 year old organization, we have a long time horizon, , 30 to 50 years where like, okay, we can deal with that, , and, and we move towards that. And I think that that is also the , our, our goal is to support a thriving, sustainable world and helping move towards that, whether that’s innovation standards w whatever the case may be. Breana (01:02:18): And for Bre, it will be the satisfaction that the, the next hundred years are as impactful, if not more so than the first hundred. I mean, even in the next 30, we, we recognize that you like for BREEAM, for example, the first 30 years were really important. The next 30 are critical. And I think, and I think for for BREEAM, then transitioning into that one, it will also be that we helped all buildings, the entire built-in environment, make that goal through, through our standards, helping, helping understand where they are now, how they need to get there and actually making it happen. That is our goal. And I think if, if , from an impact perspective, again, if we can make , much more impact in the next 30 years, that will be critical. , we recognize that, , BREEAM has what 594,000 plus certificate certificates issued in 88 countries around the world, right? Breana (01:03:18): It’s, it’s by footprint, like as number of certificates is the biggest, and that’s a huge impact, but we recognize that is a drop in the ocean overall. And that if you looked at every certification body that ever issued same deal, right. And so it’s small, so we need that next step. It needs to grow and scale. And we’re really looking at for BREEAM, how do you scale this? How do you transition it from being seen as this niche, to being all in? And , our program has really shifted in the last couple of years to make that possible. And we work with a lot of global organizations now who are looking at this, this problem at scale. So, , by the time we get to 2050, that will be the thing, what, how impactful were we? And if, if the if the history books show that, we, we managed to make a huge difference for many more buildings, so many more, 50%, maybe that’s too ambitious. We have big ambitions here. Breana (01:04:20): Exactly. I mean, we would love to see every building with using a sustainability framework certification. , we offer that as a service where there’s value for doing so we would always say there is, but it’s even more important that every building is looking through their operations, looking through through a sustainability lens at their operations and saying, how are we performing, and we make our standard fully available at no cost? Anybody can dive into it and have a look? So we’re hoping to help, , kind of get that thinking forward on that, that framework, Matt (01:04:57): Those are lofty goals. I like it! Breana (01:05:00): We’re ambitious. What can I say? Matt (01:05:02): Well, like you mentioned, yeah, the last, last 30 years were important, but , based on always seen the next 30 are going to be crucial, like you said, so yeah, you guys have a lot of Breana (01:05:18): Yep. And we’re looking forward to the challenge for sure. Matt (01:05:22): Well, I want to give you a little time here just to tell us where we can find out a little bit more about you, Brianna, and also BRE and BREEAM, and just kind of let us know where we can find out a little bit more. Breana (01:05:35): Great. Well you can go to our website, which is www.BREEAM.com/USA and BREEAM spelled B R E E A M. And you can find out more about our programs. We have a lot of resources on there to explain, , our family of standards. And also the detail, as I mentioned, , we make our, our full technical standards available at no cost. So all the information is there. You can find me on LinkedIn, feel free to reach out and connect on that. And we also have for BRE group as a whole, it’s very group.com. We do a lot of different things. BREEAM is probably the thing we’re most famous for, but we work around the world and all sorts of different areas. So there’s a lot of different aspects that people might find interesting. Breana (01:06:23): And also, we I mentioned that we’re headquartered in the UK. We have an innovation park there, where we build and test technologies. And we offer a really great tour in the pre pandemic times. I must say that we’re still shut down a little bit but if anybody finds themselves in the UK and is interested in the nerdy building science stuff we got you so feel free to reach out. And we can see about connecting you for those things. But yeah, we do some really amazing stuff there, which again, for building science nerds, and, I say that in a loving way, come, come hang out with us. Matt (01:07:07): That’s awesome. I’m going to have to check that out. I I’m overdue for a trip, so that’d be awesome. Yeah. Well I want to thank you again for all your time. Breana. This was, this was a great conversation. I loved to hear your thoughts of where we’re at, where we’re going with sustainability, and I wish you all the, all the best on your journey. To Learn More About Breana Wheeler and BREEAM, Check out the Following Websites: LinkedIn – Breana Wheeler LinkedIn – BRE BREEAM Website Recommended Reading Section P.S. We spend (a lot) of time, sweat, tears, and money creating each episode of The Placemaking Podcast. We do this without the support of sponsors as we want to keep the advertisements out of the picture and provide an add-free listening experience. YOUR support ensures we can keep delivering these discussions ad-free!If you feel compelled to donate to the show (and receive some cool bonuses…) you can check out my Patron Page. The Weekly Real Estate Development Workshop Receive the l
59 minutes | Sep 1, 2021
Utilizing Curation and Implementation to Create Vibrant Places with Rob Spanier – Ep. 55
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Utilizing Curation and Implementation to Create Vibrant Places  with Rob Spanier – Ep. 55 About the Guest I am extremely excited to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Rob Spanier, President of the Spanier Group. Rob is a seasoned real estate professional specializing in mixed-use development and placemaking. With 20 plus years of hands-on experience, Rob has brought to life more than 80 legacy projects throughout North America, Europe, and the Caribbean. Rob is an international real estate development advisor dedicated to creating innovative, next-gen destinations and places, with expertise in creating thriving communities with uniquely curated specialty retail experiences. By playing an integral role on multi-disciplinary project teams, Rob commits his extensive knowledge in large-scale mixed-use development, master planning, specialty leasing, and deal-making as well as programming and activation in order to create vibrant and prosperous communities. The Spanier Group provides real estate development and advisory services dedicated to the creation of vibrant next-generation destinations. With over 20 years of experience in strategic mixed-use development and placemaking around the world, Spanier Group specializes in leading iconic large-scale projects and supporting multi-disciplinary teams to ensure the successful creation of thriving places and communities. Their team specializes in mixed-use developments, placemaking, deal-making, community involvement, and much more. ​In this episode, we take a look at Rob’s top tip for creating memorable spaces, the keys to success in mixed-use developments, and we discussed what is truly important when trying to curate a specific sense of place. There is tons of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Rob for taking the time out of his extremely busy schedule to discuss this topic of Utilizing Curation and Implementation to Create Vibrant Places. Show Notes Matt (00:05): Hey, welcome to the show, Rob! Rob (00:15): Nice to meet you and nice to see you. Matt (00:17): Yeah, I’m glad you could join me today. I’ve heard a lot about what you guys are doing there, Spanier group, and I thought it’d be interesting to kind of dig into that a little bit and kind of unravel what you guys are working on. So to begin, I want to get a little bit more about your background in real estate, where it kind of all began the Genesis of Rob and real estate, and then we’ll kind of carry it through to where you’re at Spanier. Rob (00:47): Sure. Sounds good. And thank you for having me on the show. Really appreciate the opportunity to just sort of connect and chat a bit. So my background is not a traditional one. I went to school in Canada and studied McGill University and had this incredible opportunity to join a company called Intrawest corporation Intrawest resorts, which in the mid to late nineties was the preeminent resort developer that was doing some incredible stuff around the world, Canada, the United States, Europe, and the Caribbean. And when I joined them at the ripe age of 22, I knew very little about real estate, much less so about commercial real estate and even less so about retail. But I grew up in Montreal and Montreal is probably one of the greatest cities in the world that has its foundations and its bones that are, that come from the European design of cities. Rob (01:41): And so everything is so close. So where I grew up in the neighborhood of NDG, at the corner of my street was the fire station and the bakery and the fruit store and the bank, and then the larger grocery store and the tailor and all of those services. And so growing up for me, I lived in a world of mixed-use. And then when I got on the bus and wanted to head downtown, it was 10 minutes to the Metro. And then 15 minutes later, you were right in the center of the city. And so I really grew up in a, in a world of a mix of uses that were highly connected and very dense and urban. But didn’t feel like you were living in a metropolis. It was actually really inspiring. And so Intrawest came along and I had the opportunity and the privilege to learn from some of the greatest people at that time that were reinvigorated, envisioning destinations and resorts and towns. Rob (02:34): And I learned from some of the greatest planners, architects, designers, and developers on what really made a great place and spent the first part of my career, right out of university working there and learning there, not just in Canada, but in the United States and in Europe and had the privilege of living in a whole bunch of different, cool places. And that really is what sort of caught my attention. And I think created the bug for me on how do I actually take that, that opportunity and share it with the world of how to start a create great places. Matt (03:06): Wow. And so it was basically where you basically kind of creating kind of curating spaces for these different destinations as far as like bringing in certain retailers and certain amenities for these destinations. What did that look like? Rob (03:33): Sure. So I joined Intrawest, in 1999, and at that time they hit amassed all of these resorts and realized that the village and the heart was the true creation of a place that was going to unlock tremendous value to get people to come and ski, to golf, to visit the ocean but more importantly, to buy real estate. And I was part of a division that was actually called the village people, which is a funny name and everyone loves that name, but our job and our opportunity was to go create the retail mix of uses for every resort village. So handpicking, curating, programming, master planning, financial engineering, every village to have that suite in that mix of uses for that place. So the village of Baytown Warf, Sandestin golf, and beach resort in the panhandle of Florida was completely different than copper mountain in Colorado, which was completely different from blue mountain in Ontario. Rob (04:30): And then, my hometown of Montreal, which was regarded as one of the greatest Northeastern ski destinations for so many years running was its own Quebec European, a resort village in the Northeast. And so understanding the essence of place and how that place came together, both physically and programmatically was key. And then once we figured that plan out and that master plan out for the whole project, it was then honing right in on those uses and that mix of uses. And what was the right mix? What was the right type of uses and users, and probably most importantly, and had the greatest impression in my life was that the curation of uses was not about the big nationals. It was about the independent non-nationals those best in class. Cause I love to call them the mom and pops and the right mix of those uses with some larger users and uses. Rob (05:23): And sometimes those players that had to be more national nature could actually unlock the value in the creation of place. So as an example, in Quebec and Ontario in Canada, not everybody can sell alcohol, but when you go to the resort and you may want to have a beer or a bottle of wine, well, those are controlled by the government. And so bringing in that larger user to those types of projects allowed for the right use, but the user was a national user, and the independent user couldn’t actually deliver that service. So it was about that combination of big and small, short and tall, that really makes for a great place. Matt (06:01): Right. And keeping your ideal, your ideal person, your ideal avatar for that space, creating what they would be looking for essentially in that space. Rob (06:16): Yeah. The way, the way I look at it is thinking about a museum. And when you go to a museum, there are always different artists that are showcased, and the term curate, or really comes from a museum and curating the right type of what would be on display and what was happening at that given time. I really believe that not enough people think about retail and those ground floor uses in enough in that same way because people spend so much time in real estate development, thinking about the development, thinking about the value proposition, creating that amenity both for cities, towns, and from a profitability perspective, but then you step back and say, wow, how much effort did you really take to think about where people are truly using the space and how they’re using the space? , there are world-class landscape architects that think about parks. Rob (07:06): There are world-class developers that build infrastructure and projects, how many people are truly thinking about the ground floor, 50 feet up. And that’s the world that I entered into and I’ve sort of made it my life’s mission and my career to really think about that. Those places, not just from a vision perspective, but from an implementation perspective, can these places get built? Are they financially viable? Can they drive to the overall profitability of a project and also drive to the experience of a project? Because if you’re going to go choose to live in one of these projects, whether you’re in a townhouse, a condominium, single-family home, what is the ground floor experience like in your neighborhood, in your community, in that environment? And what value is that adding to your quality of life? Matt (07:55): Wow, there’s a lot in that and I want to come back to all this, but I wanted to get a little bit more of your history now kind of from that initial foray into where you’re at Spanier how much time lapsed in between there. And what did that look like? Did you gain some more experiences that kind of have guided you into this role at Spanier and then after that let’s just kind of unpack, Spanier group and what you guys do? I think we know from the big picture based on this discussion. Rob (08:35): Yeah, for sure, and it’s interesting when you look at the timeline of where I was to where I am, and so got my start at Intrawest and then moved to Toronto from Montreal. My hometown and Toronto is my new adopted hometown where I’ve made a life and worked in some very conventional developments, more traditional power center, strip center type environments mixed-use was then only coming onto the scene in the early two-thousands, but no one really understood it. And quite honestly, I wasn’t super inspired by doing power centers and big-box retail, but it taught me a lot, taught me a lot about what things are that large scale development requires taught me a lot about sort of the infrastructure and investment requirements, but still locked that sense of place. And I then joined up with some ex Intrawest guys that I had worked with and spent the better part of 11 years as a partner with another firm that I was with working on a lot of these projects around Canada, the United States, and Europe, and the Caribbean, and doing a lot of advisory work. Rob (09:40): But, my passion kept going back to say, I want to implement, I want to develop these places. And so the Spanier group started in 2018. And after I had left my former company with the desire to get back to my roots of actually implementing and developing. And so right now the Spanier group is an advisor to many large clients, many big players in Canada, in the United States. But the long-term objective is to be a partner in these projects to be involved in them, not just as an advisor to the development industry, which is fantastic. And I work for governments, I worked for the public sector. I worked for the private sector on trying to really gain a solid understanding for these players on how to implement these places. But really the long-term vision is to be a part of those projects and to help create those legacies not just for others, but for myself. Matt (10:29): So that’s a big, big undertaking. You guys are well on your way though. You guys have some pretty awesome projects on your docket and I guess, can we touch on a couple of your, maybe not favorites, but just some of the bigger projects that you’ve worked on currently? Rob (10:48): Sure. And yeah, I’m, I’m truly humbled since starting the Spanier group in 2018, the response, and having the privilege to be involved in these incredible developments. And certainly, one project that is near and dear to my heart is, is Lakeview village, which is located just outside of Toronto, in a municipality called Mississauga, which is its own city in its own, right. It’s one of the largest cities in Canada for those of your listeners that aren’t familiar with it, if they ever flew into Toronto it’s Pearson airport, Pearson’s actually located in Mississauga, but this sites 177 acres on the waterfront of Lake Ontario. It was a former power generating station, coal-burning power generating station that was decommissioned. And I went through a significant process of remediation. And then the city sort of asked, what is, what do we think we’re going to do with this thing? Rob (11:40): And put it out to tender and Lakeview Community Partners Limited as a partnership of five great development groups within Ontario that were tasked and, and had the, to win that bid, to go out and develop it in lake view is really going to be one of the greatest waterfront developments, certainly in Canada and possibly in the world. 8,000 residential homes, 200,000 square feet of my kind of retail that best in class independent, non-national 1.8 million square feet of institutional and innovation space, employment space, really the future of work by the water. As well as 67 acres of land that we’re giving back to the city to reconnect the waterfront because the waterfront was so disconnected because of industry and the industrial nature of it. It’s now being reconnected so that you can actually get on a bicycle in Mississauga and ride all the way to Toronto and never have to cross the street, which is incredible. Rob (12:41): And beyond that, there is a 70-acre conservation area that’s being built just to our east. There’s a string and series of parks that are to our west, as well as a whole series of parks that we’re building into the development on top of that 67 acres of waterfront. So this is a truly mixed-use development. There’s no single-family housing here. It’s a townhouse, mid-rise higher-order residential for rent, for sale and affordable, and a whole suite of amazing things. And I’ve been involved in that project since your group started. And that’s about one of, I mean, I’m working on projects like Downsview Downsview, which is a former Bombardi parcel of land at the center of Toronto central Toronto. I’m working on a project called Generation Park, which is actually in Houston working with the city of Toronto and waterfront Toronto the former sidewalk labs development application that then went on its way and now it’s being re-tendered. Rob (13:47): And so there are groups that are vying for that. I worked directly for waterfront Toronto on that, and then a whole suite of projects with some great developers that are building vertical neighborhoods throughout the greater Toronto area. And some players that are in Vancouver and Montreal and other parts, they’re all over the place seem to be excellent. And I listened to myself talk, it kind of feels like I am, but what? I only focused on mixed, developments that will have a mix of uses. They don’t have to be large scale, but they certainly have to maintain that virtue of place. I’m not the guy you call, if you want to build a subdivision, I’m not the guy who you call. If you want to build an office tower, it has to have a true mix of uses. And I think it’s one of the most misunderstood parts of the puzzle. Everyone knows the term, but how to execute and orchestrate that is, is not entirely the same every time. Matt (14:41): Yeah. It’s definitely a lot more than just providing a space for retail. There’s a lot more too, so let’s, shift this. You mentioned a sense of place. Your website mentions placemaking, it’s part of the Lakeview Village description is placemaking and providing it. What, in your own words would you say placemaking really is? Rob (15:12): It’s fun. It’s a good question. And I get this, asked this question on a daily basis, not just for people who are interested, but even my own clients, like how big is this a place? How much space do you need to create a place? I think in my mind, placemaking is going to be the next term to replace mixed-use. I think everyone’s using it right now. They’re trying to understand it, how to define it. A mixed-use was a term that 15 years ago was so new to people and then they started using it. And to me, what place means is it’s a confluence of uses. It’s not just real estate, because you can have a whole bunch of place-making examples in the world that are relevant to the people who are thinking about those, whether you’re retooling a waterfront, whether you’re creating a community space, whether you’re just trying to create a great park, those could be places too. Rob (16:04): But the way in which I look at placemaking and real estate is the confluence of those uses and how they’re articulated and put together there. , when I mentioned mixed-use, there are so many examples of multi-use. Whereas people put a whole bunch of uses together on a plan, and they seem to think that that plan is mixed-use because it’s got a mix of those uses, but they’re all segregated and disconnected. It’s really the integration and the interconnectivity for me that makes mixed-use. But if you really think about place, if you interconnect and the interplay between those spaces is correct, how do you feel within that space and that place? And that can be the same thing for a condo project. It can be for a residential neighborhood. It can be for a park, it can be for retail. I think people forget the idea of the workplace and how you feel versus place and where you are. And so for me, placemaking is really that understanding and that evocative feeling of the emotion of men. I’m not sure why I feel this way, but it feels really good to be here. And it means hopefully that somewhere along the lines the Lord did this as well when they created the earth or there were places that were just so special Matt (17:21): Or is it divine? Rob (17:23): Really is, it is a, it is a divine moment when you actually arrive at a place, whether you’re sitting on a patio, whether you’re at the top of a mountain, whether you’re just sitting in a park or sitting with your loved one somewhere and say this was a great moment because placemaking is all about memories. And I keep telling this to my own children. It’s, it’s not about the things it’s about the memories and the moments. And if you can captivate those in real estate that is something that is truly remarkable. And what does it do? It drives the bottom line and the top line, which is whatever asset class you’re focused on. If you do a little bit better of a job, thinking about the place you’re creating and who you’re creating, those places for your offices will get leased up faster, your condos and your houses will get sold faster, or your apartments will get rented for more money. And again, COVID aside, cause this is just a moment in time. I truly believe that place-making is here to stay. Matt (18:22): Yeah, no, those that are great. I mean, there’s definitely a premium associated with that feeling, and that premium can kinda overlap with that’s increased rents, decreased vacancies, increased spending. I mean the list goes on, and I’m sure you got a lot of that from your initial foray into real estate, like you said, with your initial job right out of college, when you, when you’re starting to, it’s really about curation to make a person when they’re coming to your site, your village needs to feel a certain way based on what you’ve provided. And I think that’s really interesting how you kind of described it. And I think that’s something that is tough for most, to really quantify because you can’t quantify it. Rob (19:27): Well, and that’s, that’s the greatest point is the quantification, because most people are so talented in their own, right? In their own subject matter expertise. And when it comes to development, it’s like, well, why would I bother doing this? And what I’ve started to uncover in my work and the research that I continue to do and stay in your group is that it’s no longer becoming an option. It’s becoming an obligation because the competitiveness in the industry is so strong. And if you’re not thinking about what makes you different and special, you’re going to get lost out. Like I’m working on so many projects in Canada and the greater Toronto area, which is larger than Chicago land right now. And everyone’s doing large-scale mixed-use, right? And so I have this one slide that I use when I’m talking to my clients, public sector, the private sector of, “you’re not special.” Rob (20:20): And it doesn’t mean that you’re not special. It just means if you don’t think about what makes you special, you’re going to be in real trouble because anybody can go anywhere to do anything today and the world. When I grew up when you wanted to research going on vacation, you used to go buy a book at the store. My kids that are, eight and 11 can go on the internet and travel the world to see everything. And so the competitiveness or the hyper-competitiveness for experience and knowledge is remarkable. So when you’re actually planning these projects, it may be great. Then you can build condos and there may be a huge demand for it, but what else have you got? Because people are going to be researching and deciding if they choose to buy that human shelf versus this shelf. And if they don’t get that feeling of that, they choose to live there. People aren’t just living in a location today because it’s close to work, people are doing, I mean, if COVID has taught us anything is we can work from anywhere. So it’s really important that you start to think about what are those value propositions that make places great. And then placemaking, can’t work in every instance. But I think that every practice can think a little bit more about how to create a place to make it, to make it remarkable. Matt (21:36): Right, right. At least think about a place. I mean, put that thought in, because you’re right. I mean, it’s, it’s so competitive right now that anybody can live anywhere and do anything from anywhere that the options are unlimited. And so it makes, it makes it tough for people that are trying to differentiate themselves. It makes it that much harder. Rob (22:10): Well, I’ll tell you, one more point before we get off this. Cause I think it reminds me of my college days. Sociology always fascinated me because of human behavior and how people move through spaces and places. And if you really think about it, placemaking is really all about sociology because when you’re in the outdoors and it’s really hot out, whereas the shape, or if you’re up in, in my part of the world, in Canada where it gets a little cold, how are you going to warm up more? When you’re at the beach where are you going to be hanging out? So you can get that best view and human behavior always tells you something about how people choose to live, how they choose to orient themselves. And I think that if there was even more human behavior thought through on these places, they’ll become places or these developments, I should say, they’ll become places. So human behavior to development will create place. Matt (23:03): Right. It becomes your compass almost. Right. So let’s, let’s peel this back and discuss kind of your workflow as you maybe get this initial development. I know Lakeview Village is a monster. But, just for a general project, what does your workflow look like as you begin to dive into this project with, with your clients, or with the development team? Rob (23:34): And again, I love talking about Lakeview because it’s just so near and dear to my heart and I truly, I believe it’s great. And there’s so many other clients and projects I’m working on that are at the same Downsview is the same scale caliber bogey, which is a ski hill just outside of Ottawa in Canada, that actually sits on a lake, which is remarkable because I’ve never come across something like that in my career where you actually have a ski hill or you can take off your ski boots and then go jump in the lake if you wanted to within minutes, it’s incredible. But the workflow really starts with the first principle of, okay, w what exactly are we trying to do? And a lot of people use the term, what is the vision? And it always gets lost on people because vision is such an aspirational term, and it can mean so many things, but it really has to do with, okay, where is the project? Rob (24:23): What is this project about? What are the objectives of the project, and how are we actually going to create something that is of interest to the people who are going to spend time and money here, your end-users. And so it starts with that, that idea, which most people call a vision that translates, translates itself into a plan. And so master planning is a big part of development in place-making. And a lot of people use that term quite liberally. It can be a large plan, a smaller plan, but I work very closely with some of the greatest master planners and architects in the world to help shape and frame the environment. And I don’t pretend to be a master planner myself. I’ve just had the privilege and the benefit of working with some of the best. And so I’m always looking from my lens that, that ground floor 50 feet up and how everything aligns towards it, because, one of the greatest mistakes is trying to spread out a place or retail in this context too much, or not connecting that retail place to the public space. Rob (25:21): And so it’s really about understanding how people move in a series of places, but it starts with that plan. And then with a plan can come to a program, which is a lot of the time that I spend time curating those spaces, those commercial spaces, retail spaces, innovation spaces, as to what they are and how they can work. So that ultimately, as you’re unearthing the plan, you can actually come together with an environment that starts to make sense. And then I spent a lot of time on what I would call the approvals and entitlement side. And I would have said to you 10 or 15 years ago, that there’s a lawyer or an attorney in America that handles that, or a planner in Canada that deals with that. And it’s, the world has changed so much. It takes all kinds. And it really is a team effort to get those projects over the finish line. Rob (26:06): And so I spent a fair bit of my time on the approval side, helping to convey the message and describe the outcome of what we’re doing alongside the planners and the attorneys and the architects all the while, making sure that I’m dialing in that program of uses. And so, getting down to the square foot detail of the patio of the restaurant of the retail shop of the location of that hotel, and then ultimately spending a fair bit of time also on some of these larger projects at a higher level of government, because these projects are so large that they sometimes require state and federal level support. And so it’s not just about the call it the state or the city. It sometimes is the country that starting to take notice of these projects. So I spent a fair bit of time at that level, certainly in Canada, looking, at those opportunities as well. Which is fantastic on these projects that are legacy projects, like a Lakeview or others that’ll be once in a lifetime opportunity because it forces the lens to look not just at the private sector and what you’re delivering, but what is the longer-term objectives and public sector. Matt (27:19): Yeah, it sounds like you’ve had a couple once in a lifetime projects, which is great. Rob (27:25): No, it’s funny, a lot of people when I interview them and you think about joining the Spanier group, or I talk to people, they, most people don’t really believe that I’ve had the opportunity to do what I do. And I constantly remind myself how lucky I am to have been involved in legacy projects, projects that have a lasting memory on people’s lives. And, and again, I was so blessed and humbled to have that first opportunity to work at Intrawest and then continuing my career, working with some incredible cities and governments and projects. And my former company, I had the privilege to work with the Presidio Trust which is the second most valuable land trust in the United States. Second, only to a central park in New York. And these projects are so monumental. And did you just had a hand or the privilege to work with some of these people in these places is amazing. Rob (28:21): But what I really want to make sure that I do in my career not just for business, but for legacy in life is to make sure that I’ve left the places that I’ve tried to help create in a better position for people, for generations to come. Because I really believe that mixed-use development placemaking is really about a bigger, it’s a taller order than just creating a cool place. It’s about thinking about the way in which cities and towns were built thousands of years ago and how they were oriented. And, everything is so fast today the quick shot, get it done. The power center of the strip center build quick, close, quick apps. And technology is moving at lightning speed, these places, and these decisions you make will last a lifetime. So, I’m very thoughtful in terms of the work that I get involved in. And I’m hopeful that, that, that some of the help that I’m doing will help others not just to learn, but hopefully it sets the course for that city or that community or that place for generations. Matt (29:28): That’s, that’s no that’s a small order. I mean it is tough right now because I, I do agree that there isn’t much thought that’s put in other than, a market study to make sure you have the fundamentals there, but, above that, there’s really not much that goes on in the way of curating or even thinking about human interaction in future developments. I mean, it’s, Hey, can we get our return on this? And I agree that there’s much more to it than that. Rob (30:13): And it’s interesting. I was, I was with a former colleague who gave me probably one of the greatest compliments I’ve had in a long time, if not forever, which said, “I was looking at that said project, and you could see that Rob Spanier’s fingers were all over it.” And, she was talking about all of the things that are coming to pass in that project. And to me, it’s not about Rob Spanier, it’s not about the Spanier Group. It’s about creating these places. And if I actually have had the ability to advance that, that ball or move that needle just a little bit, that people all feel a little bit better about where they are and how they live, then I’ve done my part. Matt (30:54): Awesome. Well, what, when you’re, when you are creating these, these places, what is, we’ll just nail it down to one, if you can, what is your top kind of strategy for, for achieving these, these places in your developments? That you’re a part of? Rob (31:15): It’s a great question and not an easy one. No, but if I think about it, if I think about that one central moment where it happens every time in every project, and I love keeping that piece of paper or that note in projects that are now developed, where we had that one moment, the moment always comes when you’re really about to get into it. There are people who have written books about this, not stories, but actual studies on and called the blank page, where there is nothing there and you’ve created something and that something doesn’t just come out of ideas, it comes from the identification of what it is you’re going to create, where it is. Sometimes that’s very physical in terms of the topography and nature. Sometimes it’s very cultural in terms of the area of the identity of the community, but there’s always that moment where you’re, you’re about to get started or you’re in it. Rob (32:13): And, and there’s that spark that makes you realize where you’re going and what you’re doing, because, and I tell this to people every day, they say, well, you curate retail. What’s the difference between this coffee shop and that coffee shop. And there’s nothing, people like coffee and that’s, that’s okay. But it’s the environment that you’re creating that is so different. It’s not the program and the mix that may be dramatically different, but some cultures like certain things and others like others in cities and states are different, but it’s that one moment where you identify or see that this is that view corridor. There is that moment. This is that location that’s going to drive itself. And, projects like I’m working on one project in Canada where it may be really exciting because most people looked at it from the perspective of people come here to enjoy outdoor recreation. Rob (33:05): But what is the spark for me was, turning the screen and around and saying, wow, we’re looking at a six-kilometer, four-mile lake. And that view is something like what I had seen when I had traveled throughout Europe on the coast of Italy. And so it’s sometimes just that turning that dial a little bit because so many times people are so driven to hit the target and they’re moving forward and they may hit their target, but they have may have hit the completely wrong target. And if they just turn that dial a little bit, they would’ve seen the real opportunity. And so I think that that for me, is, is the moment of identification or realization of what that place can be. Versus we’ve got a project, we got to develop it, it’s gotta be dense. It’s going to have some of this product mix go for it. It’s understanding what that place was really destined to become versus what it is that you need to do. Matt (34:00): So can I, I’m going to try to say it a different way, but essentially being perceptive to maybe all of the opportunities for the project, instead of just picking the first one or the easiest one just having that awareness that, that there are other avenues for, for something and realizing those avenues. I think it sounds like it’s almost an awareness is, does that, does that somewhat? Rob (34:41): Yeah, I think, I think it is. I think what it is, is the word I like to use is openness. And I like that awareness as well. I think it’s, it’s smart and it’s, it’s a very well sort of a great way to put it. I think that, and again, because this is a podcast and we’re talking, it’s going to be like, wow, this guy talks a lot and I do, I can talk, but I listen really carefully. And when you’re working on these projects, there’s, there’s a point in time where you need to talk, but right at the beginning, you need to really listen. And I don’t just mean listen to what’s being said, but you gotta really read what’s happening. And if you’re very good at that, it really becomes clear. And sometimes, and it just happens that way. I’ve worked on developments where you’re looking at the development and you’re like, but the transits over there, why did you build over here? Rob (35:30): And it just, no one was listening. They weren’t really being that perceptive. And so I would say awareness perception, but just being a really, really good listener because it doesn’t matter where I’ve had the privilege of working. A lot of the time the questions are well, you’re from here or there, you don’t know what we know. You’re not from here. It’s not about being from here or there. It’s about just really understanding based on the experiences that I’ve had and then listening to what it is that people are trying to say and trying to marry those two things together. Matt (36:03): Yeah. That’s, that’s big. I mean, it’s, it’s so tough to be on the development side because not tough for the developer. I’m just saying to listen to all the input that could really take your development to the next level. When we look at a project or a potential project, there’s always the developer’s vision. And fairly often that doesn’t necessarily match the vision of the people that are in the area that would actually integrate with that, that development. I mean, a lot of times that initial spark for the development comes from their own thoughts. And so once you have that in your mind, it’s hard to listen to others. Rob (37:08): Yeah. I mean, you’re painting that picture of probably what, 85 to 90% of the development industry deals with, because you’ve got some really smart, talented, and very well-capitalized individuals. And sometimes those people are reporting up to other people, in the pension fund and the investment sector, but ultimately speaking. And I say this to many people, clients, cities,  you’re not wrong. And I may not be right, but at the end of the day, the question that’s on the table is how do we make this the best outcome for all of the key stakeholders, whether it’s on a community level, whether it’s on an investment level, whether it’s on a place level, sometimes just putting in a little more of that effort is what makes sense. And I would tell you, 20 years ago, no one really cared that much about this conversation. Rob (38:01): There were a couple of players, Disney was the leader in place-making, I’d say that Intrawest was a leader at its time and resort development. And certainly, there, there are companies in the United States that have taken great strides like the Cordish company and some other players to do some great things of a certain sector of a certain time of a certain vintage because Disney isn’t for everyone nor is LA Life which is okay. But getting that essence of place or that development perspective, that’s going to drive the ROI to whatever your investment is or your asset is, is the, is the objective. So you’ll not sort of find me involved in projects, espousing the virtues of place that don’t have any return on investment. I’m just not interested in that. I believe in place. I believe that not every, every, there can’t be a, there-there-everywhere. Rob (38:55): It doesn’t work. It’s kinda like, and I love this thing. If you’ve ever grown up as a kid, I used to watch the Flintstones. And when you’re watching Fred and Barney drive to work, you would see house tree dinosaur. They’re like, oh, that’s cool. But if you really look carefully, it just keeps her feeding the back screen in the back screen, in the back screen, because they needed a background. And most people don’t look at it, not detail. Well, the reality is if you tried to create it, there they’re everywhere. It would be like Las Vegas on steroids. And that’s not the objective you need to sort of really, you got to sort of make your call and take your shot in the right ways. And it doesn’t mean that every, every project can’t have some semblance of place, but if everyone tries to compete with one another, there’ll be like it’ll fry the system. Matt (39:40): That’s funny. I’ve never paid that much attention to the Flintstones. Rob (39:47): Yeah. Matt (39:48): So, so let’s, let’s think about this a little bit more on, you mentioned mixed-use has been kind of, that was a buzzword for a while. Placemaking’s kind of been a buzzword for a little while now, but a little newer, but are there any common myths that come along with those words and the curation of developments in this mixed-use since that, that you see come up a lot and, and how would you, how would you debunk those myths? Or how would you address those myths? Rob (40:29): I think the greatest myth of mixed-use is that it’s a catch-all solve-all for everyone. And so the minute you use that term, the city is going to say, oh, fantastic, that’ll be a great project. Or the developer says, I’ve got the term, I’m going to get it going. But the issue is, is that not every place can be mixed-use. And the outcome of those projects may have a lot of vacancies, may have a lot of dormant retail may have a space that’s provided that doesn’t actually integrate really well. So just because you use that term, doesn’t mean it’s relevant or applicable in every situation. And I think the myth right now placemaking is it’s not yet in the mainstream of real estate. I think it’s in the mainstream of creative spaces in places. So people use it in the arts and culture states. Rob (41:15): And every time I used to hear it in the early days, I’m like, well, why aren’t you guys using it? Like, we’re, we’re, we’re creating places in real estate, but it’s, it’s not yet mainstream enough. And so when developers, traditional developers hear it, they’re like, it’s not quite there yet. It’s sorta like the same way when I try to describe a place that has active uses, you use the term retail, but there’s retail, then restaurants and services, then civic and cultural, then institutional, then public domain. And when you use the term commercial, it’s like, oh, that’s office. So I think that we sometimes get too focused on the term without understanding the outcome. And so for me, it’s going to be really interesting. One day when place-making is sort of the adopted mainstream term to replace makes use, and I’ll be old news, which will be great because that means that I’ve accomplished one of my goals, which is helping to get the word out so that if everybody can actually make it happen, we will have a better overall world. Rob (42:12): We’ll have better developments, have better cities, spend your group, can’t work on everything. And that’s not the objective of the Spanier group. But if I can help sort of solving that issue of debunking that myth people will say, oh, this makes good business sense. And it’s actually one of the reasons why I started writing a book that I’m hoping to have come out at the end of this year, called the rhythm of retail a bit. It’s a bit of a lifelong pursuit that I’ve been working through, which, as I said, you can’t work on everything, but I’ve learned so many things throughout my career and I have more to learn, but if I can just share that with people about how the world operates and the reason why I called it, the rhythm of retail is because there’s a real rhythm and a feeling that you get when you’re in a place. Rob (42:57): And if you can start to understand what those elements are, and the book is more, it’s not a, not a how-to book, and it’s not about designing spaces and parameters. It’s about the feeling and the emotion you get when you’re in these places. I could have easily called it the, the, the, the placemaking experience or something like that. But the rhythm of retail sort of reminds me of growing up in Montreal and that feeling you would get when you’re in a neighborhood or you’re in a city and you just say, wow, just sort of the rhythm feels really good here. And so I’m hoping that I can spend more time focusing on book writing and less time working on projects to get it done. Matt (43:34): Yeah. That’s a big undertaking. Well, we’ll definitely have to get back on here after you get that published and we might have to do a little deep dive into the book. I’d be interested in getting a hold of that. Rob (43:47): You got it. We’re halfway, halfway more than halfway there. We’re getting there. Matt (43:53): Good, good. Congratulations. Rob (43:55): Thank you very much. I appreciate it. Matt (43:57): So, retail has been a hot button issue in recent history. You see the headlines, death of retail and retail apocalypse, and all these, these great, great buzzwords where they just tie in retail to everything that sounds like destruction. It, I guess what you are proposing in your developments would that, that you’re a part of, is not, it’s almost immune from what we’ve seen as far as the big box goes and kind of what, what we’re seeing with vacant, the anchor stores with the retail strip centers and whatnot. What you guys are proposing is more of local non-big box, but I guess how does that, how does that make you, or how do you feel like that gives you immunity from some of them, the items that have really struck retail currently with, with just,  with more web users, more online shopping, and I, I think I know the answer, cause it probably ties back into our full discussion here, but do you wanna speak on, on that for a while? Rob (45:39): Sure. Yeah. And what, no one is immune to economic downturns and to pandemics and the rest of it. And when it gets to retail, which is a very, very complicated science, they’re even less immune to it. But if you’re bad at what you do, you are going to be the first to fall. And so my opinion of retail hasn’t changed over the last 20 years. And if you watch trends and you watch how things are going, there’s nothing wrong with big boxes and large-scale format retail. The certain instances when you’re a new parent and you need to get diapers, it’s great to say that everything’s going to go online, but at midnight, when your child needs some medication, you got to get to that pharmacy and online can’t necessarily solve that problem. So bricks and mortar versus omnichannel, there’s a balance. Rob (46:30): But what I found is that retail and retailers that don’t evolve will die. And you saw this on the large scale with Walmart and even whole foods buying Omnichannel and making investments in their digital. And my hat goes off to them. I’m not opposed to the large-scale big boxes. I think that there’s a place for it, but when you’re creating places, they’re not necessarily the greatest use because they take up so much space. And if there is never an issue and they disappear, the hole will be, so the void will be so enormous in that development that it will have such impact. And you’ve seen this with Walmarts across the United States and start on one side of town and move to the other side of town as development evolves. And then that box doesn’t have a second purpose or a second life and small retailers. Rob (47:18): I love the mom and pops in the independence, but if they don’t stay up to snuff, you can see that many of them didn’t make it through COVID. But the ones that understood the digital platform, the pivoting, and becoming a marketplace versus just a retail hard goods seller, really recognized how to pivot and change. And so, for Lakeview, as an example, I got interviewed by shopping centers today. And one of the questions was, well, how have you dealt with COVID in light of the development that is coming to pass and where things are going now. And I said, I haven’t changed my strategy once, and I’m not actually changing my square footage on any of my retailers, because I believe in a smaller retail footprint with larger general generous outdoor public space selling space. So if you have a restaurant don’t make it 6,000 square feet with a thousand-foot patio, make it 2,500 square feet with a 3000 value. Rob (48:11): And again, the math doesn’t have to equal out. But the reality is, is in moments of the downturn, in moments of economic challenge or pandemic, when you were forced to shut your doors, having free selling space is going to allow for you to be more successful as a retailer and as a developer or as a landlord. The one thing that you want is for your retailers to be successful so they can pay rent, but the larger you are, the more challenged you may become if you’re not set up digitally or otherwise, or if the market’s forced to shut down, like in the COVID moment. And so then you’re, you’re, you’re snookered. So for me, I mean you’re not surprised by the answer, but it’s really about understanding the demand, understanding the use case and the size, but more importantly, stop overbuilding, stop building too much, stop building too much retail. Just because you can doesn’t mean you should. Matt (49:06): I love snookered it’s definitely a technical term, by the way. Rob (49:10): Yes. Heavily in the planning and approvals terminology or if you like to play pool. Matt (49:18): So this is probably not a question that you want to spend too much time on, but what keeps you up at night in your current role? I’ve always been interested to hear what, what things are on top of mind. Rob (49:38): I’ll get I’ll give you a good example because there are many things that keep me up at night. But for work, you’re, there are jobs, there are careers, and then there are callings. And I feel like the work that I do is more of a calling. It’s certainly a career, but it is not a job that I tell anybody who works with me or who wants to work with me, that if you’re looking for a nine to five, it’s not about the hours, it’s about the sort of the passion and the commitment. And I don’t turn it off cause I’m learning all the time. But I think that what keeps me up at night is asking the question, what did I miss? What was it that I could have done better? And so this past Sunday night I was at a meeting at nine o’clock at night until one in the morning on a project that we’re moving forward on with the master planner. Rob (50:24): And we’re looking through this plan and we’re about to have a big meeting and there’s this one area on the plan that makes up maybe an acre of the land. And it was just wrong. I could feel it, I could see it. It was just the wrong product residentially. And I’m like, we got to change it. And he was like, we’re too late in the game. We’re going forward. And I said to him, this is the difference between success and failure and while no one else other than you. And I may ever notice it, I’m going to know it and we got to change it. And so I think it’s, it’s really in this game, as big as these projects are, it’s a game of inches. And I think it’s the, it’s the inches that keep me up at night, Matt (51:01): Get the details. Right. Rob (51:04): It’s all about the details. Matt (51:07): So looking forward, so say we were going to Google. Wikipedia might not make it in a hundred years or always ask them for money. But if we were to Google your name or Spanier group, the feature, what is, what is the legacy? I mean, we’ve touched on it, but kind of it in a one-sentence kind of buzzword, what would that be? Well, I mean, Rob (51:37): First and foremost, and I say this to all, anybody I work with, family first and always, so husband, a loving husband, hopefully, father proud father. And I’d probably say, Placemaker would be a good term that I like to use. My dad was a surgeon and he saved so many lives and was so incredible in the healthcare space. And he really thought about how to do what he did. , he was the greatest chess player that saved so many lives. Cause you can’t think about the moment that you’re in. You got to think about three steps ahead. And I think that in today’s day and age, if, if I could be remembered as being able to think in that same way to create these places, it wasn’t about the thing you were doing right now. It’s the impact that’ll have long-term down the road. I think that would be a really, I would be humbled. Obviously, I won’t be around to read about it, but hopefully, I will have helped change the game, not just for today, but, for generations to come. Matt (52:39): Oh yeah. That’s always a tough question for people because, you don’t want to think about it, but at the same time it’s in the back of your mind. Rob (52:49): Yeah. You can also pay someone to change that Wikipedia page for sure. But yeah, listen, I mean, at the end of the day it’s, we’re, we’re, we’re not dealing in commodities here. It’s not a commodity game you’re dealing in legacy and every project I work on and it’s, I think if I thought about it for too long and too much, you’d probably the pressure would, it does get to others. You’d probably get to me, but it’s really about what’s the long-term objective here to marry up with the short-term needs and objectives of the people at that time, the client, the investor. And it’s, if you can actually think long and short, you’re really going to have a lot of fun in this industry and in this space. But if all you’re doing is thinking about short-term outcomes, you’re just going to be revising whatever you’ve done and five, 10, or 15 years. But the cool thing is if you could actually build something that was built to last, I mean that’s pretty special. Matt (53:45): Right, right. True, true. Placemaking is timeless. Absolutely. So Rob, I really appreciate your time. I don’t want to take up too much more time, but if you could give everybody online and listening in an idea of where they can find out more about you also Spanier group and then if you have any insights into your book coming up and he launches that you’d like to tell us about and Rob (54:14): Sure. If you want to find me, just go to spend your Google.com, that’s probably the best place to get me and easy to contact me there. The book there’s a little excerpt on the book that is on the website and you can sign up for a copy when it comes out, but I’m pretty easily easy to reach. And so for those that know me and those that don’t, I’m a pretty easy guy to get in touch with. And I’m not a big fan of speaking to someone to speak to someone. If you’ve got a question, if you got some thoughts, reach out to me, email me email everything’s on the website, and don’t hesitate to reach out to me. I love helping. Certainly, there are only so many projects I can work on and which is the tough part, but, but one of the things I’ve always prided myself on is helping others. Cause I believe it’s an important thing to do in our industry. I love helping next-generation players, helping them find new opportunities, helping guide people on their path. It’s a marathon, not a sprint and, and I really believe that. And so whatever I can do to help the industry I feel is, has helped me a hundred times over. Matt (55:22): Awesome. Thanks, Rob, do you have any parting words of advice for anybody right now? Rob (55:28): No, I mean, I think we left it all out there as they say on the airwaves but thank you. Thanks for the opportunity for catching up. This is a great chat. Matt (55:38): Awesome. Thanks, Rob. Have a great day too! To Learn More About Rob Spanier and the Spanier Group, Check out the Following Websites: LinkedIn – Rob Spanier LinkedIn – Spanier Group Spanier Group Website Recommended Reading Section P.S. We spend (a lot) of time, sweat, tears, and money creating each episode of The Placemaking Podcast. We do this without the support of sponsors as we want to keep the advertisements out of the picture and provide an add-free listening experience. YOUR support ensures we can keep delivering these discussions ad-free!If you feel compelled to donate to the show (and receive some cool bonuses…) you can check out my Patron Page. The Weekly Real Estate Development Workshop Receive the latest news Subscribe To Our Weekly Updates Find Us Here Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin-in Youtube The Placemaking Podcast All Rights Reserved © 2020
51 minutes | Aug 18, 2021
Designing Buildings as Frames of Experience for the Public Realm with Marlon Blackwell, FAIA – Ep. 54
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Designing Buildings as Frames of Experience for the Public Realm with Marlon Blackwell, FAIA – Ep. 54 About the Guest I am extremely excited to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Marlon Blackwell, FAIA. Marlon is a practicing architect in Fayetteville, Arkansas, and serves as the E. Fay Jones Distinguished Professor at the Fay Jones School of Architecture + Design at the University of Arkansas. Marlon is integrally involved in every phase of the design process, from programming through construction administration, for every project Marlon Blackwell Architects pursues. He is involved on a daily basis, working to establish the design direction and works directly with client leadership on critical issues, ensuring a successful outcome and meaningful relationship.  Since 1992, Marlon Blackwell Architects has designed for its clients award-winning, environmentally responsive projects. Their belief that architecture can happen anywhere, at any scale, at any budget – for anyone – drives them to quite literally challenge the conventions and models that often obscure other possibilities. They use an economy of means to deliver a maximum of meaning in places where architecture is often not expected to be found. In every instance, they strive to express the richness of the places they work and the ideals of the people and institutions they so proudly serve. In this episode, we take a look at the importance of establishing a vocabulary in architecture, we dig into the elements of design that bring the most impact to the building’s surroundings, and we discussed the most important attributes of a successful project when taken in the context of framing the public realm. There is tons of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Marlon for taking the time out of his extremely busy schedule to discuss this topic of designing buildings as frames of experience for the public realm with me. Show Notes Matt (00:07): Hey, welcome to the show Marlon. Glad to have you on here. Marlon (00:19): Thanks Matt! Good to be here. Matt (00:21): Yeah, it’s an honor to have you on here. You’re a pretty big name in architecture and I think it’s going to be a fun discussion. So without further ado, you want to just jump right in. Marlon (00:32): Sure. Hit, hit me with your, your best shot. Matt (00:37): Well, let’s, let’s start off and learn a little bit more about you and your background basically where you started, where the story of Marlon began and then we’ll, we’ll kind of take it from there. Marlon (00:53): Okay. how I began in architecture, right. How far did we go back? So, well, I mean, I think it’s something that the realization that architecture’s something I wanted to pursue or study really came out of, you know, pursuit of other things initially. I mean, I when I was growing up, I grew up near the near the Everglades actually well I’m south Florida, so I had a, and I had a real love for nature I had developed. And of course, if you’re in your, the Everglades, there’s a lot of things that can eat you. So, a real fear of nature is a good thing too. So, but I had had this desire to be a paleontologist and you know, love to put in skeletons and bones together and pieces. And, you know, I was very interested in, you know, what you don’t see in nature in history and then that sort of evolved into desire to right, to be a journalist or creative writer. Because I love to tell stories. I love stories. And then you know, then it starts to evolve again, I all through my junior high and high school and even part of college, I cartoon like drew had a real passion for developing my own characters against stories and, and reductive figures. I love the comics. And so that was something I really I really enjoyed quite a bit. I think I read someplace and I’ve said this tofu before I put some articles, something about like a majority of cartoonists for some reason or another have like alcohol issues or something. That’s like, you know, I’m young. And I was like, oh, I don’t be any part of that. And I would, same time. I was, you know, in, in one of those classes you take in high school drafting or whatever night, and we were asked to design her own house, what would that be? And build a model. And so I did that and that was, I was a lot of fun. Cause he’d draw, you make physical models really tapped into the imagination. And I wouldn’t have to worry less about alcohol problems presuming an art architecture anyway. So I decided to become an architect, which of course comes with its whole host of issues as well, including our office. But that’s, that was it. So I kind of, you know, not knowing anything I’m really read anything. And I just said, you know, when I graduate from high school, I’m going to go to architecture school to become an architect. And I romanticize that. I had imagined what that might be like I had heard of Frank Lloyd Wright, but beyond that, to me, it was just a way to have a profession, but to draw it, to imagine it to have a creative outlet. So that’s how I began. So it’s a long winded answer to your short question, but there’s just something that you sort of stumble and Bumble along you know, asking questions as you go and trying to see what’s going to be a good fit. Yeah, Matt (04:12): That’s interesting. So, from paleontology to, to writing, that’s the, I guess comics. So do you think paleontology, do you use any of that fascination with structure and kind of Design it? Marlon (04:36): I think I, I’m very fascinated with things that are nature made, you know, the creatures and figures and how they sit upon the earth and how they meet the sky. And there there’s an, a kind of expressive character is very different from, for every organism or every type of creature. Right. And so that’s, and then I, I’m often looking for analogies between creatures and then things that are more nature made or not nature made, but culture mean, so I w I, you know, I will look for early on in my work once I sort of started developing a voice or a sensibility about what I wanted to do, I, I would look for patterns between, let’s say a dragon fly and a camper, you know had, you know, certain formal relationships or whatever. Marlon (05:38): It wasn’t anything scientific, but it was a way to discover the patterns that connect that speak to perhaps a higher order of life. You know, that everything isn’t compartmentalizing distinctly different. It’s actually, there’s, we’re, we’re quite related right. When it comes life and things, so sure. Yeah. And now, and what we make. So that’s, that’s been an ongoing passion and interest, not only in my work, but also in the way I teach and think about you know, learning and developing a language or vocabulary for the word Matt (06:20): Yeah. That ideology is and you can, you can see that in your designs. And it’s very, it’s very interesting to see how you’re, you’re bringing patterns and shapes and really trying to pull in some of the natural features that, you know, are, are apparent everywhere. Marlon (06:47): Yeah. Yeah. I mean, like, I think I did a series of early prototypes once I gotten out of graduate school and I didn’t have work, so I was inventing projects, but it was a way to you know, like what would happen if you took a bull frog and kind of married him with the Villa Savoye, you know, kind of weird. So I call him the, you know, it’s like the unholy unions of the animate and inanimate or like instead of dragon flag Canberra, a, you know, a fish with a boathouse or something like, so just looking at sort of new ways in which you could develop a formal language and a material instead of material logics, but also how those could respond to specific conditions in the American landscape, you know, really trying to combine all of these things, to find a voice that it can bridge the gap between the local, right. And a more universal understanding of the language of our discipline, you know, temporary language. Matt (08:05): Yeah. So you started to kind of create your own style and vision? Marlon (08:14): I guess I tend to call it vocabulary, but yeah. Vocabulary well, because it’s more typologically rooted. And I think typology is very different from style styles, tend to be more fixed type policies. I think for me are a little bit more dynamic and evolutionary and of course styles evolve too, but they, they, yeah. I they’re not as Matt (08:45): Dynamic or fluid. Yeah. So, so what did your, what is your first foray? You said you were coming up with your own before you actually started your own career, but what did that look like to start with? Marlon (09:05): Well, it was ugly mostly, I mean, again, I’m talking about after grad school and after 10 years professional experience, so that I was working from a somewhat more developed sensibility and body of knowledge. Right. And especially with body of disciplinary knowledge, when I first started out in school, I mean, it was pretty raw. I mean, quite frankly really didn’t know how to leverage the strengths that I had. And I, wasn’t a particularly disciplined student. I kind of worked in spurts, you know, and that doesn’t serve you particularly well as to become a well-rounded student that way. Right. so I, you know, I, I struggled and I had moments of lucidness and insight, and then a lot of it, I was just trying to figure out, you know, how to do my laundry and you know, get a date for Saturday night or something. But I think once I got out and got into the profession and began to see and understand the complexity of what it is to actually make something then, then I got a little bit, I started to bear down a little bit, a little bit more serious. I understood pretty quickly that working in an office from nine to five, at least for me, was only going to satisfy certain part of a creative kind of outlet as a creative outlet. And so I started, I did a lot of work outside of the office hours on my own, whether it was freelance work or competitions, or even my own kind of imaginary stuff. Yeah. So doing that for 10 years, it sort of evolved to me was some of it was pretty bad, pretty ugly, but I started to discover you know, some of my interests were still rooted in cartoons in cartooning and how to develop a, a reductive pallet right. Marlon (11:09): Of forms and figures that could be very expressive in the most minimal way. So that kind of a minimal means to achieve a maximum of meaning. And so that’s something I just continued to work and become a little bit more self-conscious about, you know, it’s intuitive. So a lot of the work that I discovered I was doing was actually developed all in profile and section less, so implant and, and, and then much more reductive cause especially like where I worked in places like Louisiana some in Boston, five years of Boston, but you know, in Arkansas, you know, most, everything has some variation of a box, you know, so it’s like, you know, you’re not going to do the parametric and family artists are, you won’t get a whole lot bill. So, you know, how do I create high degree of expressive character and the things that we do through very simple by polities informs, and that’s where the abstraction starts to come in, where you really start to understand the familiarity of local form, but combine that with your understanding of the contemporary language, right. Marlon (12:34): And through that combination, you start to create something that’s somewhat strangely familiar there. It has a, as I kind of I would call it productive tension with the local between the local and the global right. Again, and that’s good because it situates itself, I think in a particular way that is relevant to its place, but at the same time could be a model or a way to inspire or to connect to places beyond your own. Matt (13:06): Gotcha. Wow. And you continue to kind of develop this vocabulary over that 10 years and then decided that there was some other way you could express or its own vocabulary Marlon (14:51): Yeah. Yeah. Well that, that, that evolved you know, again, 10 years in practice in Southern Louisiana in Boston and then a desire to kind of dive back into academics. So going back to a master’s program, but I, I actually picked a program that would allow me to get a master’s, but also in Europe. So I actually chose the Syracuse program in Florence, Italy, because I never really spent much time in Europe. I’d been to Mexico and that sort of thing, but so spent a year there and just was an amazing experience, great professors, a great program got to see, of course, a lot of Italy, both the, you know, everything from the medieval and Renaissance to the contemporary, you know, especially at that time, the 20th century works of people like Reddy Scarpa Libra host of Italian modernist Terrani but then getting to travel around Europe and really diving in and immersing herself and the folks like cruciate Vandero Alto, just concert, really. Marlon (16:14): It was just a full immersion for a year. And then coming out of that with the desire to perhaps teach and practice, to really become a liaison between the academy and the profession. And I had a lot of professional experience. I had taught a little bit at the Boston architectural center. I got a taste for it. I don’t think I was particularly good at it, but I figured I could learn how to teach, but I felt like I had might have something to say. And I thought, you know, the, the, the professors, when I was in school at all, were the ones that meant the most to me in many ways, all had a large practice background or have pro practices. Right. So I thought like I could be one of those folks and I got this great opportunity after teaching a year at Syracuse, once I got out of the, their programming, they hired me and I could have stayed up there, but I really wanted to get back south and from Alabama, from, from the south. Marlon (17:08): And even though I lived all over in a military family, I’d still, my roots were there culturally and otherwise. So I got this great opportunity and the university of Arkansas, and they basically said, if you’ll come here to teach we will make sure that you get in commissions to open up a practice. Wow. Yeah. Which was an incredible offer. And so, yeah, I dove in, of course they were at the time Faye Jones had just won the AIA gold medal few years before. It was a great example of how you can operate in what many people would think would be in the middle of nowhere and yet have a national, even international respected practice. So he proved it could be done. And that you could as he would say, you could rather than go to the world, you can bring the world to you. Marlon (18:04): And that was a, that was a great model for me. And I got to know him became a mentor. I never worked with him or anything, but I just, you know, there was he was very kind and accessible person, of course, a real genius in his own. Right. so yeah, that’s how it started out. And, you know, within months I had some work and I worked out of a spare bedroom that I had, and then I, I got married to my now partner it, but she was relation, she talked her into coming to Arkansas. How’d that discussion go? I get, I mean, she thought it would be short, lived staying here in orange sauce. He thought, oh, well, we’ll stay a few years. And now I know he’s going to want to move on. Marlon (18:52): She wanted to go to LA or something. She had went to school at university of Miami. But she has kind of, you know, come and she worked at another firm. I mean, I just, you know, I really taught, or that I practiced at the time when I was just getting some, getting going and trying to go through the process of sausage, making that it takes to actually make something on your own and, you know, getting constructed and get it to actually come out with the truth and integrity. That’s also interviewed in those initial sketches and last initial thoughts. And that’s a really tough to do that because very often architecture is a death by a thousand cuts, you know, from the conceptual idea to what you get at the end. So I, I was really assisted in coworking projects at a scale that I could control to some degree, everything from conceptualization to realization to the actual construction, how we helped manage that. Marlon (19:48): I did that for, you know, probably, I dunno, eight years kids started coming. Second kid came along, she kicked me out of the house, said, you’ve got to get an office, go put up an office. And then with the second kid, she started thinking, Hey, you know, why don’t we work together? You know, cause give me more flexibility with the kids. And, you know, we could start our own gig. And so I built up some momentum and everything, and it started, it made some sense and number, you know, to, she had, she had understood the digital. She was kind of more evolved that way. I was still drawing with a nine B pencil with, you know, drawing everything by hand all the details. So she, we transitioned some of the late nineties worked at TowerHouse, the honey house penthouse was drawn in pencil. That was probably the last project I did in pencil. Marlon (20:40): But the, the tower house, she actually, we had a Tangerine iMac that we, you did the first sort of Autodesk or, or, you know AutoCAD drawings. So pretty cool. But we opened it up and and then at the same time, the teaching is also taking off and MIT invites me to come teach there for a semester. And while I’m there, the TowerHouse shows up on the cover of architectural record, which is a huge deal, kind of launches you into national waiting zone. You know, you start to, you have a presence, you know, people like who the hell is this? And are they doing out there in Arkansas? So that was a big, big boom along with the honey house. All of that kind of got out there and we thought, okay, this is our moment. It’s going to take off. Marlon (21:35): And for two years we didn’t hardly have any work. I mean, it would just, nothing happens, you know? But we slowly started to get, you know, bit more work here and there, and sort of decided that to really have the impact that you think need to have in architecture, at least in my opinion, we had to move beyond the private residence really had to get into public work, institutional work and take that on. So we had an opportunity and to do, we had done a little bit of commercial work and succeeded there in developing a, more of a tectonic language rather than formal, because they were rehabs bond. We got a chance to do a library and the gingery library, and we took that on and that was a great adventure and a great outcome, but that really sort of cinched it for us, that, you know, it really had to be more public institution. Marlon (22:32): And then to figure out how to navigate these building types and program types, where a lot of really good architects, a lot of our group kind of effectively shut out, right? I mean, these there’s, a lot of these relationships are already some out and, you know, mediocrity is also institutionalized, you know, so they, you know, kind of repeats itself and it’s tough to break in and get, get a chance to be invited to dinner. And they get a chance to sit at the table and actually eat something. So that was, and we’re still working from a model. Faye Jones was my model for practice, which is, you don’t have business cards. You don’t collaborate, you don’t do competitions, you don’t work it you basically you do whatever walks through the door, your work is your calling card. Right. And that worked great. Marlon (23:23): That would, that would really great up until the recession. And then, you know, the phone quit ringing and, you know, it’s tough. We’ve got people on board now and some fairly serious work, but nobody’s calling and, you know, we’re in a death spiral as a firm. And I was inspired by Obama stimulus packages, you know, so I thought, well, wait, what we need is a stimulus. So we actually rather than go through our sturdy and cut back and everything, we actually went to the bank, we’ve always had good credit. And we knew the banker is right across the street because when nice things are working in a small town and he set us up with a credit line and we were able to take money out of that and invest in, you know, changing our business model. So where we you know, we had a website, we, we did our we did portfolios exciting. Marlon (24:20): We would do more, FQs RFPs, all those things. And, start team would be collaborating and figuring out how to do that stuff. And it was it was kind of Rocky and we had to lay people off and it was tough. Didn’t take a paycheck for a year and a half. I mean, it was you would, you know, pay our folks, but economically it was very, very difficult, but within about nine months, a year, we had a really nice high school project where we teamed up with two other firms. And then we were fortunate to get the new commission for the architecture school on campus. And so things took off from there, but it was really, you know, changing the business model and saying, okay, we’ve got to come at this a different way, or we’re going to be put, we’re putting ourselves in a box. Marlon (25:13): Right, right. you know, it’s like, it’s a, it’s a roller coaster. I mean, that’s and every time we used to think, oh man, we’re pulling into the train station, we’re going to get off the rollercoaster. It won’t be up. We’re going to be on the gravy train. Right. It’s going to be great. And then we’re back, you get up, you think you see up on the gravy train, it’s really just another section of it drops. So that’s, that’s been the story in many ways. Well, Matt (25:49): No, that’s, that’s, that’s interesting. Cause you know, I have noticed that your architecture does speak for itself. I mean, it’s very iconic. It’s very noticeable. You have, we’re talking about vocabulary. It’s very identifiable in the area when there isn’t much change in where mediocrity is the norm. But you also have to get those projects in the door. Marlon (26:23): Yeah, yeah. We live in the land of beige. So if you do anything outside of beige or anything even if it’s just riffing on, you know, vernaculars and things like that, it stands out, it’s like turning the volume up to 11, you know? So it doesn’t take much. Right, right. But what’s difficult. Is it for it to be good, just to be novel and different? Isn’t enough. Obviously you have to, it has to be useful where I live in. It’s not useful. You can’t create a value proposition with it. They’re not going to invest in. Right, Matt (27:03): Right. Let’s talk about that for a second. Just when you’re initially jumping into a project what are your initial thoughts? How do you, how do you begin to start to develop an idea? And I know that’s a big question, so maybe let’s look at it macro wide here. Just those initial thoughts of creating a concept. Marlon (27:34): Well, I mean, it requires a lot of research, you know, first of all, you know, we we look at projects we don’t have any bread and butter, right. So we don’t have a sunglass hut account you know. So every project is important, no matter how small or simple in scope or how complex. So we’re all of these projects we’re doing are contributing to a larger Mehta project where, you know, we’re looking at particular issues and things that are central to our core values. So we’ve built that up over time. And as, as I was saying early, we’ve also spent a lot of time getting familiar with current discourses, past discourses vocabulary, you know, contemporary vocabulary, really understanding how to use that, to help with what we, wherever we’re working. So what is the kind of local form or conditions material, culture, where we’re working. Marlon (28:43): So that is, you know, cause you’re not, I don’t want him to be able to leave you start from zero and here’s the, here’s the recipe cause that you have to have something built up. Sure. You don’t, you don’t create out of nothing. But typically when we get a project and we’re fortunate to secure a commissioner project, it’s really about the site. It’s about being on the site. It’s about understanding, you know, the basics of the environment either where the sun is, where the, where the wind is, you know, that sort of thing. The terrain the configuration of the site and am I going to be, oh, the site, am I on, am I going to disengage from it? You know, am I going to bury into it? You know, these sorts of things are all really a bat gets back to those early ideas about how things sit upon the earth. Right. And they express some character that comes with that. Right. and, and then really thinking about the typology, the bilirubin program and getting familiar with that. So we’re, we’re sort of simultaneously collecting information. And then typically what will happen. Once I get a sort of understanding of scale, I will make some drawings. Those are usually a series of sections or three-dimensional drawings made with a nine B pencil assault console and yellow trace typically Marlon (30:25): I’m really quick with that and then some diagrammatic plans, you know, basically more typological in a way that, you know, what kind of you know, is it a, is it a center void? Is it a linear scheme? You know, what is so, and then how that you know, response to the site. So that’s the initial beginning. And then what happens I have is, you know, obviously I have a great team here at the MBA folks that they will take those sketches and put it immediately into a BIM three, dimensionalize it, and with a lot of all the other information we have and create a workflow, so that there’ll be output from that and it’ll be raw and rough, but then I’ll trace back over it or sketch back over it, give it back then. Marlon (31:19): And then I’ll look to say, Hey, we need to look at this option, this option, this option. And then it just in the process keeps going, right? And there’s this workflow back and forth between the analog and the digital to the point where initially it’s more and more analog. And, but then as it evolves, it becomes more digital, right? You’re always, you always have the yellow trace there. And, and I require that with my folks in the firm, you have, must be able to draw by hand as well as digital and be able to create your own workflow. And, you know, it doesn’t have to be pretty, you know, right people where I don’t draw, well, these are thinking drawings, right. We’re not going to exhibit them, you know, in an art gallery. So, yeah. And that’s how we begin a project. And, and then it’s a lot of questions. Marlon (32:07): We ask a lot of questions of the client as well as ourselves you know, why are we doing this? Is this the best approach and that sort of thing. But we also, what’s, I’m leaving out here and I shouldn’t cause it, we spend a lot of time really listening to the users to the clients, what their aspirations are, what their needs are. So we’re addressing those as we go, right? So they are those concerns, those needs, the conditions around use are embodied and thoroughly integrated into the responses we’re making. Right. Even though I, my initial response may be somewhat arbitrary, not exclusively, but, you know we account for everything in the creative process. I think Susan Santosh talks this except for the arbitrary, which is always there how you begin or where you make a move or whatever. And we sort of embrace that too. Gotcha. Matt (33:16): So, when you’re, when you’re initially pulling together that first concept, you’re seeing how it, it relates to the site and how, I guess, how do you visualize when you’re on the site, maybe that, that interaction between the building and the public space, or even just around the building and the, just that interface. How do you have that interaction? How do you start to visualize that? Marlon (33:55): Yeah. Well, I mean, that’s through the act of growing, of course, but it’s also through an understanding that, you know, one of our aspirations in our work, especially if it’s public work, that it needs to come with public space. Right. you know, even in the private work think about you know, these opportunities for people socialize and together, but also opportunities for solitude and that still could be part of the public condition. Right. So how you scale that space what’s appropriate. And then how is that set up as it meets the building and, and does it permeate the building or, and that’s where typologies come in and, you know, you look at a dog trot and you understand that backspace flows through a dog trot, you know, where you, you know, you open up the middle and you can move through it, a breezeway, so to speak. Marlon (34:52): So that will, that’ll be one type of interface, right. Or porch you know, a deep overhang, a can lead, you know, something that creates a liminal zone between the building and the public space. Right. So it gives the opportunity for the building to embrace the public right. Physically, right. So reach out. Yeah. And that makes a lot of sense for us in places in the south. Right. So Arkansas, you know, just wherever we just did a park in Memphis that, you know, is all based on porches and porch language, Shelby farms, but we just completed a project in in Memphis not Memphis, excuse me, in Michigan and Detroit where, you know, that’s less of an issue. Sure. Yeah. We do some, but it’s mostly shrink wrapped, but we have courtyards in that case. And cause they needed controlled areas for this early childhood learning center to play or ways to fold the landscape into the building again, to create senses sense of security. Marlon (36:04): So we’re always thinking about how, you know, the experience on a day-to-day basis for the users and for the visitors is enhanced through the architecture, right. It’s a framework for living. Right. but we’re also very mindful of how we respond to the environment as particularities of the environment where we’re working and, and then back to the material culture where, you know, we’re looking at the raw material and how that through tradition and crafted is transformed. Right. You know, that, you know, basic forest or transforms in different types of products or stone, you know, that sort of thing. And we find ways that we always looking for ways to locally source what’s available to us and what’s renewable. Matt (37:07): Yeah. Yeah. to include this and come back a little bit to that, that initial phase, but of seeing how and understanding the needs of the public is really what it sounds like is, is you’re basically taking that input and finding ways to integrate the architecture into the needs of the people and right. And so how do you believe that or what, what makes that successful? What, what attributes of a project or something that you’re working on that, that really frames the public realm and adds to the public realm? What kinds of attributes do these projects possess? Marlon (38:04): I, I think it’s not to get overly idealistic about it or I mean, I’m not a big fan of utopias or whatever. I mean, I liked the messy vitality of things. So the idea that public space can happen in the suburban condition or even a rural condition. Well, of course so we don’t get too caught up in that. I think it’s, it’s a balance of scale and proportion is a big part of it. So, so it’s not, or under scale that proportion is always present. You know, that things are relative in scale to, you know, of course the human body, but to things like cars, you know, we, we, we’re not trying to get rid of cars. I live in a place where there’s more space than form the idea that you will walk everywhere and this part of Arkansas would be, be nuts, you know? Marlon (38:59): So how do you deal with the car and how do you make that experience better? Our Harvey medical clinic, you know, we thought of the building as something you would engage in 40, 50 miles an hour and something you engage just walking or biking, but you know, the parking lot becomes the public space and a series of bioswells and then you can actually drive through the building, which makes sense, cause you could drop the patients off underneath. Right. So for us, that is a form of public space, right. And no different in many ways than you know, park-like spaces or plazas or courtyards, right. They’re all kind of part of a vocabulary, a space that’s appropriate to, to the scale and the types of landscapes we’re working. Right. we don’t really, haven’t had done a lot of urban projects. Marlon (39:52): We’re doing one now in Boston, but w we call it a lot of our projects, even when they’re in towns, urban pastoral, because a lot of it just used to be farmland. It’s been annexed and even to be close to downtown, it might be Jesus 30 acres of empty stuff, you know, and they can’t fill all that up. Right. So, so how do you do with the deal with the spaces in between? And a basic motto we’ve had is that the forums are important, but the spaces between the forms are perhaps even more important. So always have being attentive in an inclusive way of all the space that you’re given there. Isn’t just the figure in the ground, the plus, and then the minus, right. For us, it’s all plus plus plus plus plus bigger finger. And I think it’s a, it’s a I wouldn’t say it’s a different way of looking at it, but it is a more, as a value that we, a core value than how we look at every project. Right. Matt (40:54): More, more holistically. You’re not just providing a building in a space you’ve created, you’ve choreographed the space around the building to provide the user a an experience throughout. Marlon (41:11): Right. Right. And then working with our landscape architects, you know, that often have, and we all try to get on the same page in that regard and that further enriches that experience as well. Right. Matt (41:25): Right. Well, looking forward, I know you don’t have a whole lot of time left, so I want to, I want to kind of take a step forward and look at where you’re going and where your firm is going and what do you see the legacy of Marlon Blackwell yourself and your firm as a whole. Marlon (41:48): That’s that, yeah. The, well, I don’t know the legacy thing is for other people. I don’t, I don’t know. I mean, we, we are basically trying to walk the line in our own truth. That’s, you know, try to understand the truth as we see it, true things that we searched for and just kind of walk the line in that regard but allow the work to evolve. And I think what induces the work to involve are two things. One is to get, to continue to practice and keep doing the work. Even if it’s the same type of building type we’ve done 2009, we got the chance to do our first educational facility. We’ve done probably 10 since then. And every time we can take ideas that we discover why we, we reiterate them, we fold them back in and we keep getting better in that time. Marlon (42:49): So that’s one trajectory of where we’re going to just keep getting better at what we’re doing in particular types. The other is to have more types to work with. And so we are changing scales. Like, we’re say we’re doing our first tall building. We’re doing our first embassy, Iowa, which is really exciting. We’d love to have the opportunity to do, you know, a museum or are these other projects that we haven’t had you know, more cultural work, but we love getting to do the educational and the recreational, you know, we were working with water parks. So I, I see that continuing to happen and to evolve, but I’m happy, you know, if I just keep working, even in the same type apology for while I’m always learning something, because I know whatever project we’re working on, whether it’s a carport or you know, or an embassy, or we’re doing a new sports medicine Chile, it’s all part of the metal project, right? Marlon (43:59): It’s all part of this larger project that we’re working on that deals with the relevancy of marketecture and how it enriches the day-to-day experience of people’s lives and you know how it can be an architecture you know in its place, in and of its and for its place. And when I say that, I’m not just talking about the environment, but talking about the folks that live there as well. Yeah. So that, that, that’s what we’re doing. We just want to get better at what we do, you know? Yeah. Matt (44:48): It’s still building the legacy, whether or not you see that. Marlon (44:51): Yeah. I mean, I don’t wanna, I don’t want to say, you know, I want to be remembered as blah, blah, blah, blah blank. Yeah. I’ll let other folks figure that out. Matt (45:03): Right. Right. But your work explains your legacy for you. Marlon (45:08): It should speak for itself. I mean, I go back to Fe I mean, that’s what he always do. He says, you know, the works to call it car, the work is, it is what you have to contribute is the work, you know, and, and that’s how we sort of thought about it. And the only thing we can hope for is more and more opportunity to do the work. And that’s, that’s our goal, but, you know, we’re now getting into the position where we have to be, I think yeah, I’m, I’m getting from within my firm, you know, guys saying we gotta be very careful about what we decide to do or not to do. Sure, sure. But I think I think we will continue to try to underscore and demonstrate and be a model for in the profession or as a firm that, you know, says, Hey, architecture can happen anywhere at any scale at any budget and for anyone. And that it’s not just reserved for the elite view, but it’s, it’s, it should be available to everyone. And so, you know, we’re going to continue to fight that good fight. Matt (46:17): Yeah. You are definitely well on your way. And I really appreciate all your time, if you want to just tell us where we can find out a little bit more about you and your firm, and Marlon (46:33): Well, just do what I do. If I want to find out about something these days I Google, you know, it’s not about getting the right answer, it’s just asking the right questions. So just ask a question, whatever you want to know, just don’t ask about my criminal history, or hopefully you won’t find anything, but you know, you can find us at Norman blackwell.com. I believe it’s our, our website. And we do have a new monograph will be coming out in May of 2022. It’s called radical practice Princeton, architectural presses of publishers. And it should be really I don’t want to say too much about the book, but it’s, it’s going to be featuring about 14 projects. But also through the lens of the photographic work of Tim Hursley well known architectural photographer and the work he’s been doing in kind of really documenting the underbelly of the American landscape and the detritus and flotsam and jetsam that you find in that landscape and how that some ways really informs our own, our own efforts. So I think it’ll be a monograph with a different twist to it. So, but the able to look out for that. Matt (47:55): Awesome. Awesome. Well, I said, I really appreciate your time Marlon it’s it was a pleasure to hear about your experiences and I would love to keep in touch. Marlon (48:07): Absolutely. Please do. And good luck to everybody out there and please be safe. Be well, thanks! To Learn More About Marlon Blackwell, FAIA and Marlon Blackwell Architects, Check out the Following Websites: LinkedIn – Marlon Blackwell LinkedIn – Marlon Blackwell Architects Marlon Blackwell Architects Website Recommended Reading Section P.S. We spend (a lot) of time, sweat, tears, and money creating each episode of The Placemaking Podcast. We do this without the support of sponsors as we want to keep the advertisements out of the picture and provide an add-free listening experience. YOUR support ensures we can keep delivering these discussions ad-free!If you feel compelled to donate to the show (and receive some cool bonuses…) you can check out my Patron Page. The Weekly Real Estate Development Workshop Receive the latest news Subscribe To Our Weekly Updates Find Us Here Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin-in Youtube The Placemaking Podcast All Rights Reserved © 2020
55 minutes | Aug 4, 2021
Resurrecting Place and Redeeming Cities Through Redemptification with John Marsh – Ep. 53
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Resurrecting Place and Redeeming Cities Through Redemptification with John Marsh – Ep. 53 About the Guest I am extremely excited to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have John Marsh. John is the Co-Founder of Marsh Collective and host of the Redemptification Podcast, serial entrepreneur, a consultant helping steward over $1b in redemptive real estate in 9 small towns (with populations of 800-180k) around America, with love for building things that are beautiful and meaningful.   Over the last 25 years, John and Ashely have guided over 40 startup businesses in various industries, such as Construction, Real Estate Investing, Advertising, and also multiple Restaurants. John and his wife have renovated 220+ buildings within 10 blocks of downtown Opelika to help save their city. Today, John’s current focus is on helping others make generational differences in their communities and companies by helping patrons bridge the gap between redeeming vision and execution. Marsh Collective is a collective of entrepreneurs who empower businesses and leaders to make an impact in their companies and communities. They help others to reach their goals through redemptive vision consulting. They believe in creating Emotional Architecture, where stories are considered before structures, where people are truly aligned with profits. They provide consultation services for clients from small towns to mid-size towns all over the United States.  In this episode, we take a look at the importance of establishing a “Sandbox” in your own town, understand that people love things that are loved, and the importance of establishing a vision for you and your developments going forward. There is loads of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated John for taking the time out of his extremely busy schedule to discuss this topic of redemptification with me. As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share it with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. Main Take-Away’s From This Show This episode was so much fun to record. John was an absolute pleasure to interview. He brought so much wisdom with a big dash of humility. We dove into the method behind his work in great detail throughout the episode. He showed us that this type of work could really be done anywhere and at any starting point. His love for his town and the structures that he works on show through with each new project. There were so many great talking points that Todd made throughout the discussion, so it is hard to just pick three for my main take-away’s this week. The following main topics of the show come from an understanding of placemaking and redemptive real estate that he possesses. People Love things that are Loved Work Hard on your Vision Pick a Sandbox and Stick with it As always, I will dig into each of these “take-away’s” every week on the blog. So, without further a due, here we go! People Love things that are Loved What I loved about this discussion with John is that all of the principles we discussed were simple but extremely impactful. He understood the basic principles that make development and redevelopment in a town very successful. All of these principles or doctrines can be implemented in your strategy with real estate development going forward. They aren’t necessarily hard to implement but do take initiative to make happen. This is what sets apart developers working within the same town. One of the principles discussed is the one listed above; People love things that are loved. People can identify “love” in a place just by simply looking at the structure and surrounding areas. Love is that intangible essence that most people that look at real estate can’t quite put their finger on when looking at a property but can tell something is different. It’s that “special sauce” that gets people to really connect with a property. There are many ways that you can achieve this appearance on your next project. Essentially it boils down to paying attention to the details. In a nutshell, a property that is loved is understood and given attention that others may not give it. By paying attention to the details, you show that you are truly trying to create great spaces. This additional detail can come in the form of special hardware on the various cabinets, period-specific fixtures, or even the way that you wire the house as John mentioned. By doing so, you will attract others to love the structures that you already put so much love into yourself. Work Hard on your Vision Famous businessman, Jack Welsh, is often credited with this quote: “Good business leaders create a vision, articulate the vision, passionately own the vision, and relentlessly drive it to completion.” I find it extremely fitting based on the discussion I had with John. John and his wife have worked hard to home in their vision for their sandbox (next topic) by really digging deep to understand what truly makes City’s successful. Over years they have created a clear and compelling vision that people all over the United States are really buying into. You can tell that he has dialed in his vision by the passion with which he speaks of it. Vision isn’t the only key to his success over the years, but it is a very important piece of the overall formula. Without vision, you don’t have direction. Without direction, you can’t build momentum. Without a vision, you can’t build a team because who would want to follow someone that is constantly changing course and appears to have little direction? A clear and consistent vision is one of the first pieces you must have in place before you can truly build something special. Pick a Sandbox and Stick with it This last main point is one that is almost too simple, but often overlooked by those in the real estate industry and potentially even harder to actually adopt when you are starting out. This concept isn’t a new one to the show. We’ve had a couple guests that have mentioned this type of concept in the past. They may have used a different metaphor but ultimately it was referring to the same ideology. Monte Anderson of Options Real Estate in Dallas referred to this idea as cultivating his own farm. Monte has picked an area in Dallas in which to focus his efforts and it also pays off dividends as well for not only his business but the surrounding community. Essentially you are picking a location in which to focus your efforts within a town or city. This gives you focus and provides for forced appreciation from other assets you own when you improve the area. That is why this idea has so much power in my mind. You’re not only narrowing your focus on potential opportunities, you’re creating additional value to your other properties within your “sandbox” when you make improvements in the area. This can be a powerful mechanism in which to build transformative growth in the community. As you can see from the takeaways above, this podcast episode was absolutely full of great information on making it in real estate development and the benefits of redemptive real estate development in your town or city. If you have enjoyed the content and the show, please subscribe to the show below and share it with your friends in the industry! We’ll have many more great discussions on the shows to come. To Learn More About John Marsh and Marsh Collective, Check out the Following Websites: LinkedIn – John Marsh The Redemptification Podcast Marsh Collective Website Recommended Reading Section P.S. We spend (a lot) of time, sweat, tears, and money creating each episode of The Placemaking Podcast. We do this without the support of sponsors as we want to keep the advertisements out of the picture and provide an add-free listening experience. YOUR support ensures we can keep delivering these discussions ad-free!If you feel compelled to donate to the show (and receive some cool bonuses…) you can check out my Patron Page. The Weekly Real Estate Development Workshop Receive the latest news Subscribe To Our Weekly Updates Find Us Here Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin-in Youtube The Placemaking Podcast All Rights Reserved © 2020
50 minutes | Jul 21, 2021
Utilizing Modern Construction Methods to Create Memorable Places with Todd Smith – Ep. 52
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Utilizing Modern Construction Methods to Create Memorable Places with Todd Smith – Ep. 52 About the Guest I am extremely excited to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Todd Smith of 356 out of Toronto, Ontario. What started as a (surprisingly plausible) model of a passive solar chalet for a Grade 4 science fair, culminated over many years as the creative work of developing places where people flourish. Today, through his development firm 356, Todd creates places where people love to live and are proud to call home. Humanizing, beautiful places in characterful, green neighborhoods that encourage health and wellbeing. While the role of a developer takes shape in literal built environments, Todd has learned that a developer's core value lies in holding a vision for what could be, then gathering, directing, supporting, and challenging talented people to be imaginative, solve problems, and work together to create something exceptional. This is what drew him to modular construction for a purpose-built rental enclave the company is developing which overlooks a 10-acre conservation area in an exurban community near Toronto, Canada.  Todd and 356 are making places for people who want something different, something more responsible, something that inspires and enables.  They're doing the same for purpose-driven place makers, aligned developers, and investors who share the vision of renewing people and places, while multiplying their capital resources, stewardship and impact. 356 doesn’t try to mimic the past. It doesn't aim for mass appeal. Instead, the company creates spaces for the many lifestyles that don’t mesh with the majority of homes being built.  Design-forward spaces in architecturally engaging buildings that both respect and strengthen communities. In this episode, we take a look at how modular is being used in this setting, what advantages it affords, some myths surrounding prefabrication, and why it's important to plan for contingencies no matter what the construction method. There is loads of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Todd for taking the time out of his extremely busy schedule to discuss this topic of modular construction in development with me. As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share it with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. Main Take-Away’s From This Show This was another really fun episode to record. I enjoyed hearing about Todd’s intro into real estate development from his fourth-grade science project all the way up to the interesting work he’s doing now. His insights into the psychology of creating great places were truly eye-opening. As you’ll hear in this discussion, his experience with modular construction could potentially help you avoid pitfalls with your next project. There were so many great talking points that Todd made throughout the discussion, so it is hard to just pick three for my main take-away’s this week. The following main topics of the show come from an understanding of placemaking and modular construction that he possesses. There Can Many Reasons Why Someone Would be Interested in Going Modular Common Myths for Modular Construction Busted You Can Learn Things from Everyone No-Matter Where they are in the Process As always, I will dig into each of these “take-away’s” every week on the blog. So, without further a due, here we go! There Can Many Reasons Why Someone Would be Interested in Going Modular So, before we really dive deep into this topic, let us define modular construction. Who better to describe modular construction than the Modular Building I...
53 minutes | Jul 8, 2021
The Art & Science of Making Places Into Living Spaces with Alberto Mattiello – Ep. 51
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram The Art & Science of Making Places Into Living Spaces with Alberto Mattiello – Ep. 51 About the Guest I am extremely excited to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Alberto Mattiello, the Creative Director of the Placemakers Group of Companies and Founder of Eitherland. Alberto is an award-winning entrepreneur, business futurist, author, and keynote speaker. Author of ‘Mind The Change’ and ‘Marketing Thinking’ and curator of the local edition of the MIT Sloan books, he is a technology and business innovation expert. As Creative Director of the Placemakers Group, Alberto guides the design direction of several companies that all revolve around enhancing public spaces. As you’ll hear in this episode, he is also the Founder of Eitherland, a company focused on outdoor workspaces. The Placemakers group is the world’s biggest street furniture manufacturer group. They are exclusively committed to anticipating future trends and designing urban spaces that enhance interpersonal connections, citizens’ wellbeing, engagement and performance as a whole. The group consists of six companies currently. They are Metalco, Bellitalia, CityDesign, MyEquilibria, 1984, and of course Eitherland. The Placemakers mission is simple: start with a beautiful public space and transform it into a living place that brings immediate and tangible benefits to communities, municipalities and people who use it. In this episode, we are going to dive deep into the ideas behind effective placemaking, understand how being outdoors can actually reshape neural pathways in the brain, and a look into the future of public spaces and the various activities that will be brought back into the public realm. There is loads of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Alberto for taking the time out of his tremendously busy schedule to discuss this topic of the art & science of making ordinary places into truly living spaces with me.  As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share it with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. Main Take-Away’s From This Show This was another enjoyable episode to record. I honestly threw out the topics I had written for the show and just began diving into various topics as they arose. Alberto really understood the built environment and was in tune with how people interacted with the public realm. The way the Placemakers group is literally re-shaping the public areas is unbelievable.  There were so many great talking points that Alberto made throughout the discussion, so it is hard to just pick three for my main take-away’s this week. The following main topics of the show come from an understanding of placemaking that they both possess. Citizens are no Longer Loyal to A Certain City The Pandemic and Theory “U” The Best Way to See How People will React to your Placemaking Ideas is to Actually Implement them As always, I will dig into each of these “take-away’s” every week on the blog. So, without further a due, here we go! Citizens are no Longer Loyal to A Certain City This first point is one that we in the U.S. probably don’t always relate to but at some level we do have a loyalty to our hometown. The same is true for most around the world. However, with the globalization of the world, we are seeing less and less loyalty to the places our family is from or where we grew up. As Alberto mentioned, this trend is becoming more apparent in Europe where there was often a strong tie to stay “close to home” when starting adulthood. This point was brought up due to the fact that cities are changing. People are moving to cities they actually want to live in. Employment locations are not as big as a factor as they once were due to the great reshuffling that is occurring in this pandemic.
43 minutes | Jun 23, 2021
Providing Access to Technologies Through Investing in Communities with Bryan & Alex – Ep. 50
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Providing Access to Technologies Through Investing in Communities with Bryan & Alex – Ep. 50 About the Guest I am extremely excited to share this next conversation with all of you. Today on the show I have Bryan Feil and Alex Jones of Bitwise Industries. Bryan Feil serves as the VP of Real Estate Development at Bitwise Industries, overseeing the coworking, building development, and hospitality teams. Bryan assistants in locating, designing, and identifying architectural partners for each Bitwise Real Estate project. He especially enjoys being able to help Bitwise’s city expansion projects and revitalizing downtowns through growth and development. Bryan Feil grew up in Bakersfield, CA with the desire to use business as a tool to impact lives. That passion took its first form in co-founding and developing Neighborhood Industries, an organization focused on operating businesses that reveal value in people so that they can be positive contributors to their community. Alex has seven years of experience in the Civil Engineering industry.  He has worked on water & wastewater treatment projects, residential subdivisions while working as an Assistant Engineering for consulting firms located within the Central Valley of California.  Currently, Alex works for Bitwise Industries as a Project Manager for the Real Estate Development Team. Day-to-day activities include defining and tracking project scopes, schedules, and budgets to meet project targets. He also monitors progress and coordinates work with architects, contractors, and engineers.  Since July 1, 2013, the day they opened Bitwise Mural District, they’ve focused on connecting humans from marginalized communities and stories of systemic poverty to skills and resources necessary to access opportunities in the tech industry. They do this through their three main pillars which include Bitwise Real Estate, Bitwise Technology Consulting, and Bitwise Workforce Training. This company has an interesting business model. I would highly recommend you learn more about their work by finding them online at bitwiseindustries.com. In this episode, we are going to discuss how their campus projects help to fulfill the mission of Bitwise, a behind-the-scenes look into the criteria they use when evaluating potential projects, and how to build excitement in the surrounding community for your upcoming project. There is loads of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Bryan and Alex for taking the time out of their extremely busy schedules to discuss this topic of providing access to technologies by investing in communities with me. As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share it with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. Main Take-Away’s From This Show This was another fun episode to record. I thoroughly enjoyed hearing about Bryan and Alex’s experience at Bitwise. It’s fun to hear how two seemingly very different individuals can team up to make really cool things happen in these communities through Bitwise Industries. Some might say that the lack of formal training has actually been their greatest asset when tackling these projects. They don’t take anything for granted and ask tons of questions. This mindset will take them a long way with Bitwise. There were so many great talking points that Bryan and Alex made throughout the discussion, so it is hard to just pick three for my main take-away’s this week. The following main topics of the show come from an understanding of placemaking that they both possess. 1. How to Build Excitement and Connection with the Surrounding Community with your Project2. Who said Older Buildings aren’t Exciting3.
63 minutes | Jun 9, 2021
Understanding the Importance of Placemaking in Masterplanned Developments with Brian Sutherland – Ep. 49
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Understanding the Importance of Placemaking in Masterplanned Developments with Brian Sutherland – Ep. 49 About the Guest I am extremely excited to share this next conversation with all of you. Brian Sutherland, Vice President of Development at Argo Development Corporation, and the development lead for the Lakeview Village project on the shores of Lake Ontario. Brian Sutherland has over 15 years of experience in the land use planning and land development industry. With experience working for a municipal government, planning consulting firm, and land developer, Brian has a wide range and vast level of experience and perspective towards community building and land use planning. Brian has managed large landowner groups, obtained approvals for dozens of subdivision, zoning, and site plan applications, and overseen successful construction of large-scale residential subdivisions. Brian has experience working on projects across the GTA collaborating with residents, community groups, builders, elected officials, municipal departments, and agencies to create exciting, vibrant, and successful places for people to live work, and play. ARGO is a leading-edge land development company with more than 25 years of experience. They are a dedicated team of driven industry experts that rivals the largest developers in the Nation with a streamlined and nimble operation which enables us to provide a competitive advantage. Inspired by their successful past, today they proactively strive to create thriving communities. In this episode, we are going to discuss the impact that finding the right team can have on a large development masterplan, a behind-the-scenes look into several innovations their development team is exploring on their projects, and how to build excitement in the surrounding community for your upcoming project. There is loads of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Brian for taking the time out of his extremely busy schedule to discuss this topic of understanding the importance of placemaking in masterplanned developments with me.  As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share it with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. Main Take-Away’s From This Show This was another fun episode to record. I thoroughly enjoyed the story Brian shared on the history behind the Lakeview Village project. The consortium that is working on this project is truly creating something special there on the shores of Lake Ontario. By handpicking the various members of the project team, they were able to bring on groups that could fortify their strengths and shore up their weaknesses on the project. There were so many great talking points that Brian made throughout the discussion, so it is hard to just pick three for my main take-away’s this week. The following main topics of the show come from an understanding of placemaking from the standpoint of masterplanned communities that Brian possesses. Picking the Right Team is Absolutely Crucial Utilizing Effective Placemaking to Create Ideal Developments Creativity and Flexibility are Paramount When Designing Truly Unique Developments As always, I will dig into each of these “take-aways” every week on the blog. So, without further a due, here we go! Picking the Right Team is Absolutely Crucial This is the first point for a reason. When forming this consortium of team members, they realized it was absolutely critical that the right group was brought together to tackle the unique challenges inherent in this colossal undertaking. The team as a whole represents various skills and expertise that form a true knowledge bank for the g...
53 minutes | May 26, 2021
Building Better Neighborhoods Through the Use of Incremental Development with Monte Anderson – Ep. 48
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Building Better Neighborhoods Through the Use of Incremental Development with Monte Anderson– Ep. 48 About the Guest I am extremely excited to share this next conversation with all of you. Monte Anderson is the President of Options Real Estate a multi-service real estate company specializing in creating sustainable neighborhoods in southern Dallas and northern Ellis counties in Texas. Monte began his real estate career in 1984 and since that time has concentrated solely on improving the living and working environments in these communities where he was born and raised. Monte is an outspoken and frequently recognized advocate for policies and practice to serve urban neighborhoods. He currently focuses his development practice in three areas in North Texas: the southern neighborhoods of the city of Dallas, the first ring suburb of Duncanville and exurban town of Midlothian. Options Real Estate was founded in October of 1991 as a full service commercial real estate company specializing in Southern Dallas County with one mission in mind: To make their neighborhoods and business owners better through the built environment. Their team believes in enhancing the quality of life of Southern Dallas & Northern Ellis Counties and advancing its image, in order to provide an enduring inheritance to future generations. They hope to build a community where residents can enjoy educational and employment opportunities that utilize the technologies of the 21st century, find cultural and spiritual fulfillment, and have a diversity of OPTIONS for shopping, dining, entertainment, living, or homes. In this episode, we are going to discuss the importance of finding and cultivating your own territory or “farm”, how to raise capital for your next real estate development deal, and what it truly means to be an incremental developer. There is loads of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Monte for taking the time out of his extremely busy schedule to discuss this topic of improving communities through the use of incremental development with me.  As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share it with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. Main Take-Away’s From This Show This was another fun episode to record. I hate to pick favorites because it is so hard to do, but this one is up there as one of my favorite episodes to record. I thoroughly enjoyed Monte candidly sharing his story as well as the story of the Options Real Estate. Monte really provided some great inspiration for those looking to get into development but may not know how to get in to development. He showed through his story that anybody really can get into development. Even someone whose job is to pick up trash in a parking lot. There were so many great talking points that Monte made throughout the discussion, so it is hard to just pick three for my main take-away’s this week. The following main topics of the show come from an understanding of incremental development that Monte possesses. 1. Finding and Cultivating your “Farm”2. How to Develop Incrementally out of Necessity.3. Don’t chase money. Let money chase you. As always, I will dig into each of these “take-aways” every week on the blog. So, without further a due, here we go! Finding and Cultivating your “Farm” Monte provided so many great analogies during the course of our discussion to better paint a picture of what he is doing in south Dallas. One of the comparisons made was of the area he consistently “cultivated” for development to a farm. This is not hard to conceive visually. He is constantly tending to his farm by planting seeds of developmen...
49 minutes | May 21, 2021
Creating and Sustaining Thriving Communities Worldwide Through ULI Membership with Wes Craiglow, AICP – Ep. 47
placemakingpodcast@gmail.com Facebook-f Twitter Linkedin Instagram Creating and Sustaining Thriving Communities Worldwide Through ULI Membership with Wes Craiglow, AICP – Ep. 45 About the Guest I am extremely excited to share this next conversation with all of you. Wes Craiglow is the Northwest Arkansas Coordinator for the Urban Land Institute. In this capacity, he is responsible for uniting the mission of ULI with NWA real estate trends and land-use professionals through the use of technical assistance, events, and leader development. Before joining ULI as the NWA Coordinator, Wes worked as a Planner and Deputy Director for Planning for over 10 years at the City of Conway, Arkansas. While studying Geography at UCA, Wes got a taste of how the built environment impacts the behaviors of individuals within the community. He then took this a step further in understanding and obtained a Master’s Degree in Community and Economic Development. ULI is a member-driven organization dedicated to advancing leadership in the responsible use of land and creating and sustaining thriving communities. At its core, ULI is the sum of its members, who themselves deliver the ULI mission, positively shaping the future of real estate and land use disciplines in ways that lead to the development of built environments that better serve more people. ULI members include real estate developers, builders, owners, finance and investment professionals, brokers, architects, engineers, urban planners, public officials, and more. In this episode, we are going to discuss the importance of the Urban Land Institute’s Mission, how members can benefit from the ULI Organization, and all about the various events that ULI hosts in order to provide benefit to its members. There is loads of great information in this episode and I greatly appreciated Wes for taking the time out of his extremely busy schedule to discuss this topic of real estate development and the Urban Land Institute with me.  As always, if you have enjoyed the show, please subscribe to the show and share it with your friends in the industry. There will be more exciting conversations on the shows to come. Main Take-Away’s From This Show This was another fun episode to record. I thoroughly enjoyed Wes candidly sharing his story as well as the story of the Urban Land Institute. Wes is extremely passionate about the ULI organization, so I figured there was no one better to discuss the mission of this organization. His enthusiasm for the organization was evident when discussing the benefits of the organization to its members. There were so many great talking points that Wes made throughout the discussion, so it is hard to just pick three for my main take-away’s this week. The following main topics of the show come from an understanding in the mission of Urban Land Institute that Wes possesses. 1. ULI was started as a member network by real estate developers that wanted to share knowledge and network almost 85 years ago. 2. Networking and Education are essentially the two main pillars of benefits provided to members of ULI. 3. ULI is the “second-most” important membership that someone in the industry should be a part of. As always, I will dig into each of these “take-away’s” every week on the blog. So, without further a due, here we go! ULI was started as a member network by real estate developers that wanted to share knowledge and network almost 85 years ago. According to ULI.org, “The National Real Estate Foundation for Practical Research and Education—the predecessor to the Urban Land Institute—is chartered in Illinois, with Walter S. Schmidt as its first president on December 14th, 1936. The model is that of a real estate college—a school of urbiculture—that could stand as an objective and recognized source of research an...
COMPANY
About us Careers Stitcher Blog Help
AFFILIATES
Partner Portal Advertisers Podswag
Privacy Policy Terms of Service Do Not Sell My Personal Information
© Stitcher 2022